[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2022170563A1 - 一种通信方法、装置及系统 - Google Patents

一种通信方法、装置及系统 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022170563A1
WO2022170563A1 PCT/CN2021/076527 CN2021076527W WO2022170563A1 WO 2022170563 A1 WO2022170563 A1 WO 2022170563A1 CN 2021076527 W CN2021076527 W CN 2021076527W WO 2022170563 A1 WO2022170563 A1 WO 2022170563A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
relay
relay mode
terminal
layer
mode
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/CN2021/076527
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
许胜锋
杨艳梅
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Huawei Technologies Co Ltd filed Critical Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority to PCT/CN2021/076527 priority Critical patent/WO2022170563A1/zh
Priority to CN202280007528.4A priority patent/CN116530208A/zh
Priority to PCT/CN2022/074817 priority patent/WO2022171017A1/zh
Priority to EP22752178.8A priority patent/EP4271043A4/en
Publication of WO2022170563A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022170563A1/zh
Priority to US18/360,837 priority patent/US20230371111A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/10—Connection setup
    • H04W76/14—Direct-mode setup
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/20—Manipulation of established connections
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L65/00—Network arrangements, protocols or services for supporting real-time applications in data packet communication
    • H04L65/10—Architectures or entities
    • H04L65/1016—IP multimedia subsystem [IMS]
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L65/00—Network arrangements, protocols or services for supporting real-time applications in data packet communication
    • H04L65/10—Architectures or entities
    • H04L65/1063—Application servers providing network services
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L65/00—Network arrangements, protocols or services for supporting real-time applications in data packet communication
    • H04L65/1066—Session management
    • H04L65/1069—Session establishment or de-establishment
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L67/00—Network arrangements or protocols for supporting network services or applications
    • H04L67/01—Protocols
    • H04L67/02—Protocols based on web technology, e.g. hypertext transfer protocol [HTTP]
    • H04L67/025—Protocols based on web technology, e.g. hypertext transfer protocol [HTTP] for remote control or remote monitoring of applications
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L67/00—Network arrangements or protocols for supporting network services or applications
    • H04L67/01—Protocols
    • H04L67/12—Protocols specially adapted for proprietary or special-purpose networking environments, e.g. medical networks, sensor networks, networks in vehicles or remote metering networks
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L67/00—Network arrangements or protocols for supporting network services or applications
    • H04L67/50—Network services
    • H04L67/56—Provisioning of proxy services
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L67/00—Network arrangements or protocols for supporting network services or applications
    • H04L67/50—Network services
    • H04L67/56—Provisioning of proxy services
    • H04L67/563—Data redirection of data network streams
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W40/00—Communication routing or communication path finding
    • H04W40/02—Communication route or path selection, e.g. power-based or shortest path routing
    • H04W40/22—Communication route or path selection, e.g. power-based or shortest path routing using selective relaying for reaching a BTS [Base Transceiver Station] or an access point
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W8/00—Network data management
    • H04W8/22—Processing or transfer of terminal data, e.g. status or physical capabilities
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L65/00—Network arrangements, protocols or services for supporting real-time applications in data packet communication
    • H04L65/1066—Session management
    • H04L65/1083—In-session procedures
    • H04L65/1094—Inter-user-equipment sessions transfer or sharing
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/10—Connection setup
    • H04W76/12—Setup of transport tunnels
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W88/00—Devices specially adapted for wireless communication networks, e.g. terminals, base stations or access point devices
    • H04W88/02—Terminal devices
    • H04W88/04—Terminal devices adapted for relaying to or from another terminal or user
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W92/00—Interfaces specially adapted for wireless communication networks
    • H04W92/16—Interfaces between hierarchically similar devices
    • H04W92/18—Interfaces between hierarchically similar devices between terminal devices

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a communication method, device, and system.
  • D2D device-to-device
  • UE user equipment
  • the user The device can communicate based on D2D, that is, perform indirect communication with the communication network through a relay (such as a relay UE), and relay and forward the data transmitted between the remote UE and the network.
  • a relay such as a relay UE
  • the relay UE forwards the uplink and downlink data and signaling between the remote UE and the access network equipment through layer 2 (eg, the adaptation layer), and the network can directly control the remote UE.
  • layer 2 relay mode the relay UE forwards the uplink and downlink data of the remote UE through the Internet protocol (IP) route.
  • IP Internet protocol
  • the present application provides a communication method, device and system, which are used to realize that a remote terminal selects a relay mode to perform indirect communication in the case of coexistence of a layer 2 relay mode and a layer 3 relay mode.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which can be applied to a remote terminal or a chip in a remote terminal, wherein, taking the execution of the remote terminal as an example, the method includes: the remote terminal receives data from a policy The first policy information of the control function network element, where the first policy information includes the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal; according to the first policy information, the first relay mode is used to transmit the data of the first application.
  • the remote terminal can obtain the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal according to the first policy information determined by the policy control function network element.
  • the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal may include at least one relay mode. Therefore, the remote terminal can determine the corresponding relay mode when the remote terminal transmits the data of the first application according to the first policy information, that is, the first relay mode, so as to realize the coexistence of the layer 2 relay mode and the layer 3 relay mode
  • the relay mode selected by the remote terminal for different applications is controlled or suggested by the first policy information issued by the policy control function network element. requirements, enabling the cooperative work of different relay modes.
  • the remote terminal may determine the first relay mode according to the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal.
  • the remote terminal can determine the first relay mode in the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal, reduce the complexity of determining the first relay terminal by the remote terminal, and improve the determination of the first relay mode. Following the efficiency of the terminal.
  • the first policy information further includes: the priority of the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal; according to the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal and the The priority of the relay mode corresponding to the first application determines the first relay mode.
  • the remote terminal may preferentially select a relay mode with a higher priority as the first relay according to the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal and the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal mode, thereby improving the transmission performance of the data of the first application using the first relay mode.
  • the remote terminal may also send the relay mode supported by the remote terminal to the policy control function network element.
  • the remote terminal can send the relay mode supported by the remote terminal to the policy control function network element, so that the first policy information determined by the policy control function network element is determined based on the relay mode supported by the remote terminal,
  • the determination of the first relay mode by the remote terminal based on the first policy information and the relay mode supported by the remote terminal can be reduced, and the complexity of determining the first relay mode by the remote terminal can be reduced.
  • the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal includes:
  • At least one of Layer 2 relay mode, or Layer 3 relay mode At least one of Layer 2 relay mode, or Layer 3 relay mode.
  • the above method can be applied to scenarios where different relay modes exist, for example, a scenario in which a layer 2 relay mode and a layer 3 relay mode coexist.
  • the relay mode and the second layer 3 relay mode coexist, and the PCF does not distinguish between the first layer 3 relay mode and the second layer 3 relay mode, so as to reduce the overhead of the PCF sending the first policy information to the remote terminal, and reduce the complexity of determining the first relay mode by the remote terminal.
  • the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal includes:
  • the second layer 3 relay mode is a layer 3 relay mode that does not use non-3GPP interworking function network elements.
  • the above method can be applied to scenarios where different relay modes exist, for example, in a scenario where the layer 2 relay mode, the first layer 3 relay mode and the second layer 3 relay mode coexist. Therefore, in a scenario where different relay modes exist, the remote terminal can determine the first relay mode based on the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal in the first policy information, so as to improve the determination of the remote terminal. Flexibility of the first relay mode.
  • the first relay mode is:
  • Layer 2 relay mode or Layer 3 relay mode; or,
  • Layer 2 relay mode first layer 3 relay mode, or second layer 3 relay mode.
  • the above method can be applied to scenarios where different relay modes exist, and the first relay mode determined by the remote terminal based on the first policy information is unique, and the remote terminal directly determines the data used to transmit the first application. Therefore, the overhead of the remote terminal negotiating with the relay terminal to use the relay mode can be reduced.
  • the remote terminal may also send a first message, where the first message includes information of the first relay mode.
  • the remote terminal can send the first message through broadcast, multicast, or unicast, etc., so that the relay terminal can obtain the information of the first relay mode through the received first message, which is the communication between the remote terminal and the relay.
  • the terminal prepares to transmit the data of the first application through the first relay mode.
  • the information of the first relay mode includes at least one of the following:
  • the relay service code (relay service code, RSC) corresponding to the first relay mode; or, the first indication information used to indicate the first relay mode.
  • the remote terminal can more flexibly choose to send the information of the first relay mode. For example, when there is an RSC in the first relay mode, the remote terminal may send the RSC corresponding to the first relay mode, or the remote terminal may also determine the first indication information corresponding to the first relay mode, so that the remote terminal The terminal may indicate the first relay mode to the relay terminal by sending the first indication information.
  • the remote terminal may also receive a first response message from the relay terminal, where the first response message is used to respond to the first message, the first response message includes second indication information, and the second indication information It is used to instruct the relay terminal to support the first relay mode.
  • the remote terminal can determine whether the relay terminal supports the first relay mode according to the received first response message, so that the remote terminal can determine whether the relay terminal supports the first relay mode according to the relay terminal supporting the first relay mode.
  • the relay terminal that transmits the data of the first application and provides the relay service prepares for the remote terminal and the relay terminal to transmit the data of the first application through the first relay mode.
  • the first relay mode is a layer 2 relay mode
  • the remote terminal may send a second message
  • the second message does not include RSC
  • the second message is a discovery message or a direct communication request (direct communication request). request, DCR) message.
  • the remote terminal may implicitly indicate the first relay mode in a manner that the second message sent does not include the RSC.
  • the remote terminal can implicitly do not include the RSC in the discovery message or the DCR message. Indicates that the first relay mode is the layer 2 relay mode. The flexibility of the remote terminal to transmit the information of the first relay mode is improved.
  • the remote terminal may further determine a second relay mode according to the first policy information, where the second relay mode is one of the relay modes corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal item or multiple items. Then, the remote terminal determines the first relay mode according to the second relay mode.
  • a second relay mode that may be used to transmit the data of the first application may be determined first, so that, based on the second relay mode, a first relay mode for transmitting the data of the first application is determined.
  • the first relay mode for transmitting the data of the first application may be determined according to the relay terminal supporting the second relay mode.
  • the remote terminal may further optimize the selection of the first relay mode according to the multiple relay terminals supporting the second relay mode, and improve the transmission efficiency of the first relay mode. The performance of the application's data.
  • the remote terminal may send a second discovery message, where the second discovery message includes information about the second relay mode; the remote terminal may also receive a second response message from the relay terminal, the second The response message is used to respond to the second discovery message, the second response message includes information of the third relay mode, the third relay mode includes at least one of the second relay modes, and the relay terminal supports the third relay mode .
  • the remote terminal can send the information of the second relay mode through the second discovery message, so that the relay terminal can determine whether to support the second relay mode.
  • the remote terminal can also determine the third relay mode supported by the relay terminal according to the second response message sent by the relay terminal, so as to prepare for the remote terminal to determine the first relay mode according to the second response message.
  • the remote terminal may determine the first relay mode according to the information of the third relay mode.
  • the remote terminal can determine the first relay mode based on the third relay mode supported by the relay terminal, ensuring that the first relay mode determined by the remote terminal can transmit the data of the first application through the relay terminal , and in addition, the optimal selection of the first relay mode by the remote terminal can also be realized.
  • the information of the second relay mode includes at least one of the following: an RSC corresponding to the second relay mode; or, third indication information for indicating the second relay mode.
  • the remote terminal can flexibly send the information of the second relay mode to the relay terminal.
  • the second response message further includes: trusted information of the relay terminal, where the trusted information is used to indicate whether the relay terminal is trustworthy to the remote terminal; in this case, the remote terminal is in the third
  • the relay mode is the layer 3 relay mode
  • the relay terminal when the data of the first application of the remote terminal is transmitted through the relay terminal, the relay terminal cannot obtain the data content of the first application transmitted by the remote terminal, and the transmission of the first application can be guaranteed.
  • the security of the app's data When the remote terminal has a security requirement for transmitting the data of the first application, the first relay mode may be determined to be the first layer 3 relay mode when the relay terminal is not trusted.
  • the second layer 3 relay mode can be selected to reduce the complexity of the relay.
  • the remote terminal can flexibly select the first relay mode for relaying when the first layer 3 relay mode and the second layer 3 relay mode coexist, so as to improve the transmission of the data transmitted by the first application performance, to meet the needs of transmitting the data of the first application.
  • the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal may further include: the correspondence between the relay mode and the RSC, and the correspondence between the RSC and the first application.
  • the remote terminal can also determine the information of the first relay mode based on the corresponding relationship between the relay mode and the RSC in the first policy information, and the corresponding relationship between the RSC and the first application, so as to improve the first relay mode. Flexibility of information in relay mode.
  • the remote terminal can also determine the information of the second relay mode based on the correspondence between the relay mode and the RSC in the first policy information, and the correspondence between the RSC and the first application, and improve the second relay mode. flexibility of information.
  • the present application provides a communication method, which can be applied to a relay terminal or a chip in the relay terminal, wherein, taking the execution of the relay terminal as an example, the method includes: the relay terminal obtains the first relay mode information, wherein the first relay mode is used for the remote terminal to transmit the data of the first application; thus, the relay terminal adopts the first relay mode to transmit the data of the first application for the remote terminal.
  • the relay terminal can determine the first relay mode based on the obtained information of the first relay mode, so that the relay terminal can determine that the remote terminal transmits the data of the first application based on the first relay mode , at this time, the relay terminal may transmit the data of the first application for the remote terminal based on the first relay mode. Therefore, based on the first relay mode determined by the remote terminal, the relay terminal can cooperate with the remote terminal to use the first relay mode to transmit the data of the first application for the remote terminal, so as to realize the coexistence of multiple relay modes.
  • the first relay mode adopted by the remote terminal provides relay services for the remote terminal.
  • the first relay mode is: layer 2 relay mode, or layer 3 relay mode; or, layer 2 relay mode, first layer 3 relay mode, or second layer 3 relay mode.
  • the first relay mode is the only relay mode, and there is no need for the relay terminal to determine the first relay mode under the coexistence of multiple relay modes. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the complexity of the relay terminal providing relay service for the remote terminal under the coexistence of multiple relay modes.
  • the relay terminal may receive a first message from the remote terminal, where the first message includes information of the first relay mode.
  • the relay terminal can obtain the information of the first relay mode by receiving the first message from the remote terminal.
  • the first message may be a discovery message or a direct communication connection message.
  • the information of the first relay mode may be implemented in multiple manners.
  • the information of the first relay mode may include: the RSC corresponding to the first relay mode; The first indication information of the follow-up mode.
  • the relay terminal may send a first response message to the remote terminal, where the first response message is used to respond to the first message, the first response message includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used for Indicates that the relay terminal supports the first relay mode.
  • the relay terminal can send a first response message to the remote terminal when it is determined based on the first message that the first relay mode is supported, so that the remote terminal can determine that the relay terminal supports the first relay mode, which is for the remote terminal.
  • the end terminal uses the first relay mode to prepare for transmitting the data of the first application, and improves the success rate of the remote terminal using the first relay mode to transmit the data of the first application.
  • the relay terminal can receive a second message from the remote terminal, the second message does not include RSC, and the second message is a discovery message or DCR messages.
  • the relay terminal can determine that the first relay mode is the layer 2 relay mode based on the discovery message or the DCR message not including the RSC, and obtain the information of the first relay mode without changing the signaling.
  • the relay terminal may receive second policy information from the policy control function network element, where the second policy information includes the relay mode of the relay terminal; the relay mode of the relay terminal includes the first follow mode.
  • the relay mode of the relay terminal is the relay mode that the relay terminal is allowed to use, or the relay mode that the relay terminal is authorized to use.
  • the relay terminal may determine that the relay terminal supports the first relay mode according to the relay mode supported by the relay terminal.
  • the relay terminal can determine whether to support the first relay mode through the relay mode supported by itself.
  • the determination method is simple, which can reduce the complexity of the relay terminal judging whether the first relay mode is supported.
  • the relay terminal can also determine whether to provide a relay service for the remote terminal based on whether the first relay mode is supported.
  • the relay terminal may receive the second policy information from the policy control function network element before obtaining the information of the first relay mode, where the second policy information includes the relay mode of the relay terminal; Receive the discovery message of the remote terminal, and the discovery message carries the information of the second relay mode; according to the second policy information and the information of the second relay mode, send the information of the third relay mode to the remote terminal, the third relay mode
  • the modes include at least one of the second relay modes, and the relay terminal supports the third relay mode.
  • the relay terminal can determine whether to support the second relay mode sent by the remote terminal based on the second policy information configured by the policy control function network element for the relay terminal, and control or coordinate the relay terminal's Relay mode, for example, the relay terminal can determine the supported third relay mode in the second relay mode.
  • the relay terminal can send the information of the third relay mode to the remote terminal, so that the remote terminal can The end terminal may determine the first relay mode based on the third relay mode of the relay terminal, thereby improving the flexibility and success rate of the remote terminal in determining the first relay mode.
  • the relay terminal may send the relay mode supported by the relay terminal to the policy control function network element.
  • the relay terminal can report the relay mode supported by the relay terminal before the policy control function network element sends the second policy information, so that the policy control function network element can determine the first relay mode according to the relay mode supported by the relay terminal.
  • Two policy information so that when the relay terminal determines whether to support the first relay mode or whether to support the second relay mode, the operation of determining whether the first relay mode is the relay mode supported by the relay terminal can be reduced, In order to reduce the complexity of determining whether to support the first relay mode or whether to support the second relay mode.
  • the overhead of the second policy information can be reduced, the overhead of the relay terminal receiving the second policy information can also be reduced.
  • the relay terminal may send the third relay mode to the remote terminal after determining that the third relay mode is supported according to the information of the second relay mode, the second policy information and the capability of the relay terminal. information on the following mode.
  • the relay terminal can also determine the supported third relay mode in the second relay mode according to the information of the second relay mode, the second policy information and the capability of the relay terminal, so that the remote The terminal can better match the capability of the relay terminal based on the first relay mode determined by the third relay mode, and improve the performance of the remote terminal to transmit the data of the first application through the relay terminal using the first relay mode.
  • the relay terminal may send the trusted information of the relay terminal to the remote terminal when the second relay mode includes a layer 3 relay mode, and when the relay device supports the layer 3 relay mode, The trustworthy information of the relay terminal is used to indicate whether the relay terminal is trustworthy to the remote terminal.
  • the second relay mode includes: at least one of a layer 2 relay mode or a layer 3 relay mode; or, a layer 2 relay mode, a first layer 3 relay mode, or at least one of Layer 3 Relay Mode.
  • the information of the relay terminal may include at least one of the following: RSC corresponding to the second relay mode; or, third indication information for indicating the second relay mode .
  • the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal may further include: the correspondence between the relay mode and the RSC, and the correspondence between the RSC and the first application.
  • the relay mode of the relay terminal may further include: a correspondence between the relay mode and the RSC.
  • the relay terminal when there is a correspondence between the relay mode and the RSC, the relay terminal can provide more indication modes of the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal in the first policy information, so as to improve the first policy Flexibility of information indication.
  • the relay terminal may also receive the first information determined by the remote terminal based on the correspondence between the relay mode and the RSC in the first policy information, and the correspondence between the RSC and the first application. Information of the relay mode (for example, the RSC corresponding to the first relay mode).
  • the relay terminal can determine whether there is an RSC corresponding to the first relay mode in the second policy information based on the direct correspondence between the relay mode and the RSC in the second policy information, so as to determine whether to support the first relay mode and improve the Determine the flexibility of the first relay mode.
  • the information of the second relay mode sent by the remote terminal may also be the RSC corresponding to the second relay mode, so the relay terminal determines, based on the information of the second relay mode, to support the third relay mode.
  • the successor mode can also be determined in the above-mentioned manner, which will not be repeated here.
  • the present application provides a communication method, which can be applied to a policy control function network element or a chip in a policy control function network element.
  • the method includes: a policy control function network element A fourth relay mode is obtained, where the fourth relay mode includes at least one of the following: a relay mode corresponding to the first application, a relay mode supported by the remote terminal, or a relay mode authorized by the remote terminal. Therefore, the network element of the policy control function sends the first policy information to the remote terminal according to the fourth relay mode.
  • the first policy information includes a relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal, and the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal is used for the remote terminal to transmit data of the first application.
  • the network element of the policy control function can determine the remote terminal based on the obtained relay mode corresponding to the first application, the relay mode supported by the remote terminal, or the relay mode authorized by the The relay mode corresponding to the first application, and the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal is carried in the first policy information and sent to the remote terminal, so that the remote terminal can determine the remote terminal based on the first policy information
  • the relay mode used by the terminal to transmit the data of the first application That is, the network element of the policy control function can control or suggest the relay mode selected by the remote terminal for different applications through the first policy information, thereby meeting the requirements of different applications and enabling the coordinated operation of different relay modes.
  • the network element of the policy control function may also receive the relay mode supported by the remote terminal sent by the remote terminal, and/or receive the unified database UDR The relay mode authorized by the remote terminal sent by the NE.
  • the policy control function network element can obtain the relay mode supported by the remote terminal, and/or the relay mode authorized by the remote terminal.
  • the policy control function network element may determine the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal according to the relay mode supported by the remote terminal and/or the relay mode authorized by the remote terminal.
  • the network element of the policy control function can determine the relay mode suitable for the remote terminal under different applications based on the obtained relay mode supported by the remote terminal and/or the relay mode authorized by the remote terminal, that is, the remote terminal
  • the relay mode corresponding to the first application can improve the flexibility of the first policy information to control or suggest the relay mode selected by the remote terminal for different applications.
  • the first policy information further includes: the priority of the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal.
  • the network element of the policy control function can configure the preferred relay mode to the remote terminal, thereby improving the flexibility of controlling or suggesting the relay mode of the remote terminal.
  • the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal includes: at least one of the layer 2 relay mode or the layer 3 relay mode; or, the layer 2 relay mode, the first Layer 3 relay mode, or at least one of the second layer 3 relay mode; the first layer 3 relay mode is the layer 3 relay mode using non-3GPP interworking function network elements, the second layer 3 relay mode It is a layer 3 relay mode that does not use non-3GPP interworking function network elements.
  • the policy control function network element obtains the fifth relay mode, and sends second policy information to the relay terminal according to the fifth relay mode, where the second policy information includes the relay mode of the relay terminal .
  • the fifth relay mode includes at least one of the following: a relay mode supported by the relay terminal, or a relay mode authorized by the relay terminal.
  • the network element of the policy control function can also determine the relay mode of the relay terminal based on at least one of the relay mode supported by the relay terminal or the relay mode authorized by the relay terminal, so as to send the information to the relay terminal.
  • the terminal sends the second policy information to indicate the relay mode of the relay terminal to the relay terminal, so as to realize the control or suggestion of the relay mode of the relay terminal by the policy control function network element.
  • the present application provides a communication method, which can be applied to a policy control function network element or a chip in a policy control function network element.
  • the method includes: a policy control function network element A fifth relay mode is obtained, and the fifth relay mode includes at least one of the following: a relay mode supported by the relay terminal, or a relay mode authorized by the relay terminal;
  • the relay terminal sends second policy information, where the second policy information includes a relay mode of the relay terminal.
  • the network element of the policy control function can also determine the relay mode of the relay terminal based on at least one of the relay mode supported by the relay terminal or the relay mode authorized by the relay terminal, so as to send the information to the relay terminal.
  • the terminal sends the second policy information to indicate the relay mode of the relay terminal to the relay terminal, so as to realize the control or suggestion of the relay mode of the relay terminal by the policy control function network element.
  • the policy control function network element receives the relay mode supported by the relay terminal from the relay terminal, and/or, Receive relay mode authorized by relay terminal from unified database network element.
  • the policy control function network element can obtain the relay mode supported by the relay terminal, and/or the policy control function network element can obtain the relay mode authorized by the relay terminal.
  • the policy control function network element is based on the relay mode supported by the relay terminal and/or the relay authorized by the relay terminal. mode, which determines the relay mode of the relay terminal.
  • the second policy information further includes: the priority of the relay mode of the relay terminal.
  • the network element with the policy control function can configure the relay terminal with the relay mode that is preferentially supported, so as to improve the flexibility of controlling or recommending the relay mode of the relay terminal.
  • the relay mode of the relay terminal includes: a layer 2 relay mode, or at least one of the layer 3 relay modes an item; or,
  • At least one of layer 2 relay mode, first layer 3 relay mode, or second layer 3 relay mode is provided.
  • the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal may further include: The corresponding relationship, and the corresponding relationship between the RSC and the first application.
  • the relay mode of the relay terminal may further include: a correspondence between the relay mode and the RSC.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication apparatus.
  • the communication apparatus may be a terminal device (such as a remote terminal in the first aspect, a relay terminal in the second aspect) or a chip provided inside the terminal device.
  • the communication device has the function of implementing any one of the first aspect to the second aspect.
  • the communication device includes a module or unit or means corresponding to the steps involved in performing any one of the first aspect to the second aspect.
  • the function or unit or means may be implemented by software, or by hardware, or by executing corresponding software by hardware.
  • the communication device includes a processing unit and a communication unit, wherein the communication unit can be used to send and receive signals to implement communication between the communication device and other devices, for example, the communication unit is used to receive data from a terminal Configuration information of the device; the processing unit can be used to perform some internal operations of the communication device.
  • the communication apparatus includes a processor, and may also include a transceiver, where the transceiver is used to send and receive signals, and the processor executes program instructions to accomplish any of the first to second aspects above. implementation of or a method in an implementation.
  • the communication device may further include one or more memories, which are used for coupling with the processor, and the memories may store necessary computer programs or instructions for implementing the functions involved in any one of the first to second aspects above.
  • the processor can execute the computer program or instructions stored in the memory, and when the computer program or instructions are executed, cause the communication device to implement any possible implementation manners or methods in the implementation manners of the first to second aspects above.
  • the communication apparatus includes a processor, which may be adapted to be coupled with the memory.
  • the memory may hold the necessary computer programs or instructions to implement the functions involved in any of the above-mentioned first to second aspects.
  • the processor can execute the computer program or instructions stored in the memory, and when the computer program or instructions are executed, make the communication apparatus implement any possible implementation manners or methods in the implementation manners of the first aspect to the second aspect.
  • the communication apparatus includes a processor and an interface circuit, wherein the processor is configured to communicate with other apparatuses through the interface circuit, and execute any possible implementation manner of the first aspect to the second aspect or method in the implementation.
  • the processor may be implemented by hardware or by software.
  • the processor may be a logic circuit, an integrated circuit, etc.; when implemented by software, the processor
  • the processor may be a general-purpose processor implemented by reading software codes stored in memory.
  • the above processors may be one or more, and the memory may be one or more.
  • the memory may be integrated with the processor, or the memory may be provided separately from the processor.
  • the memory and the processor may be integrated on the same chip, or may be provided on different chips respectively.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the type of the memory and the manner of setting the memory and the processor.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, and the communication device may be a network device (such as a policy control function network element in the third aspect and a policy control function network element in the fourth aspect) or a network device set in the network device. chip inside.
  • the communication device has the function of implementing any one of the third aspect and the fourth aspect.
  • the communication device includes a module or unit or means ( means), the function or unit or means may be implemented by software, or by hardware, or by executing corresponding software by hardware.
  • the communication device includes a processing unit and a communication unit, wherein the communication unit can be used to send and receive signals to implement communication between the communication device and other devices, for example, the communication unit is used to receive data from Configuration information of the terminal device; the processing unit can be used to perform some internal operations of the communication device.
  • the communication apparatus includes a processor, and may further include a transceiver, where the transceiver is used to send and receive signals, and the processor executes program instructions, so as to accomplish any possibility in the third aspect and the fourth aspect. implementation or methods in an implementation.
  • the communication device may further include one or more memories, which are used for coupling with the processor, and the memories may store necessary computer programs or instructions for implementing the functions involved in any of the third and fourth aspects above.
  • the processor can execute the computer program or instructions stored in the memory, and when the computer program or instructions are executed, cause the communication apparatus to implement any possible implementation manners or methods in the implementation manners of the third aspect and the fourth aspect.
  • the communication apparatus includes a processor, which may be adapted to be coupled with the memory.
  • the memory may hold the necessary computer programs or instructions to implement the functions involved in any of the above-mentioned third and fourth aspects.
  • the processor can execute the computer program or instructions stored in the memory, and when the computer program or instructions are executed, cause the communication apparatus to implement any possible implementation manners or methods in the implementation manners of the third aspect and the fourth aspect.
  • the communication device includes a processor and an interface circuit, wherein the processor is configured to communicate with other devices through the interface circuit, and execute any possible implementation manner of the third aspect and the fourth aspect or method in the implementation.
  • the processor may be implemented by hardware or by software.
  • the processor may be a logic circuit, an integrated circuit, etc.; when implemented by software, the processor
  • the processor may be a general-purpose processor implemented by reading software codes stored in memory.
  • the above processors may be one or more, and the memory may be one or more.
  • the memory may be integrated with the processor, or the memory may be provided separately from the processor. In a specific implementation process, the memory and the processor may be integrated on the same chip, or may be separately provided on different chips.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the type of the memory and the manner of setting the memory and the processor.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, where the communication system includes the remote terminal in the first aspect, the relay terminal in the second aspect, and the policy control in the third aspect and/or the fourth aspect functional network element.
  • the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where computer-readable instructions are stored in the computer storage medium, and when the computer reads and executes the computer-readable instructions, the computer is made to execute the above-mentioned first to fourth aspects A method in any possible implementation of the aspect.
  • the present application provides a computer program product, which, when a computer reads and executes the computer program product, causes the computer to execute the method in any possible implementation manner of the first to fourth aspects.
  • the present application provides a chip including a processor, which is coupled to a memory for reading and executing a software program stored in the memory, so as to implement any of the first to fourth aspects above. method in one possible implementation.
  • 1a-1b are schematic diagrams of a communication system architecture
  • Figure 1c is a schematic diagram of an application scenario
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a connection establishment flow diagram in a layer 2 relay mode
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a connection establishment flow diagram in a second layer 3 relay mode
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a connection establishment flow diagram in a first layer 3 relay mode
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application may be applied to a fourth generation (4th generation, 4G) mobile communication system, such as a long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, or may be applied to a fifth generation (5th generation, 5G)
  • 4th generation, 4G mobile communication system
  • LTE long term evolution
  • 5th generation, 5G fifth generation
  • the mobile communication system such as the NR system
  • no limitation is imposed.
  • the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to a device-to-device (D2D) scenario, such as a new radio (NR) D2D scenario, or can be applied to a vehicle to everything (vehicle to everything, V2X) scenarios, such as NR-V2X scenarios, etc., can be applied to the Internet of Vehicles, such as V2X, vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V), etc., or can be used for intelligent driving, assisted driving, or intelligent network connection vehicles, etc.
  • D2D device-to-device
  • NR new radio
  • V2X vehicle to everything
  • V2X vehicle to everything
  • V2X vehicle to everything
  • V2X vehicle to everything
  • V2V2X vehicle to everything
  • V2V vehicle-to-vehicle
  • V2V vehicle-to-vehicle
  • D2D communication allows direct communication between UEs, and D2D communication can adopt one-to-many communication (one-to-many communication) or one-to-one communication (one-to-one communication).
  • the one-to-many communication may include multicast or broadcast communication, and the one-to-one communication may include unicast communication.
  • the sender UE and the receiver UE can communicate directly after mutual discovery.
  • the UE communicates through the PC5 (ProSe communication 5) interface, which can be used for information transmission on the data plane and the control plane.
  • the remote terminal When the UE is out of network coverage or the communication signal with the access network equipment is not good, the remote terminal (also called remote UE) can be assisted by the relay terminal (also called relay UE), The communication between the remote terminal and the relay terminal and the communication between the relay terminal and the application server through the mobile communication network realize the communication between the remote terminal and the application server.
  • the relay terminal By establishing the communication mode from the remote terminal to the relay terminal to the network, the communication from the UE to the network outside the network coverage can be extended.
  • the remote terminal can share spectrum resources with UEs (relay terminals) in the cell under the control of the cell network, thereby effectively improving the utilization rate of spectrum resources.
  • Figure 1a shows the architecture of a communication system.
  • the communication system may include: a terminal device (taking UE as an example), an access and mobility management function (AMF) network element, a session management function (session management function, SMF) network element, a user plane Function (user plane function, UPF) network element, policy control function (policy control function, PCF) network element, unified data management function network element (unified data management, UDM), authentication application server function (authentication server function, AUSF) network element element, network exposure function (NEF) network element, application function (AF) network element, network slice selection function (NSSF) network element, (wireless) access network ((radio) ) access network, (R)AN) equipment, network repository function (NRF) network element, etc.
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • SMF session management function
  • UPF user plane Function
  • policy control function policy control function
  • PCF policy control function
  • unified data management function network element unified data management, UDM
  • authentication application server function authentication server function
  • the AMF network element and the access network device can be connected through the N2 interface
  • the access network device and the UPF can be connected through the N3 interface
  • the SMF and the UPF can be connected through the N4 interface
  • the AMF network element and the UE can be connected through the N4 interface. It can be connected through the N1 interface, and the interactive message is called N1Message.
  • Some interfaces are implemented in the form of service interfaces. The interface name is only an example description, not specific qualification.
  • Terminal equipment can be UE, handheld terminal, notebook computer, subscriber unit (subscriber unit), cellular phone (cellular phone), smart phone (smart phone), wireless data card, personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA) computer, Tablet computer, wireless modem (modem), handheld device (handheld), laptop computer (laptop computer), cordless phone (cordless phone) or wireless local loop (wireless local loop, WLL) station, machine type communication (machine type communication) type communication, MTC) terminal or other device that can access the network.
  • a certain air interface technology such as new radio (NR), LTE) is used to communicate with each other between the terminal device and the access network device.
  • NR new radio
  • LTE new radio
  • vehicle networking communication the communication terminal uploaded by the vehicle is a terminal device, and the roadside unit (RSU) can also be used as a terminal device.
  • the drone is loaded with a communication terminal, which can be regarded as a terminal device.
  • the RAN device is mainly a 3GPP network wireless network device, and the AN can be an access network device defined by non-3GPP.
  • RAN equipment It is mainly responsible for functions such as radio resource management, quality of service (QoS) management, data compression and encryption on the air interface side.
  • the access network equipment may include various forms of base stations, such as: a macro base station, a micro base station (also referred to as a small cell), a relay station, an access point, and the like.
  • the names of devices with base station functions may be different, for example, in 5G systems, they are called RAN or gNB (5G NodeB), etc.
  • Access and mobility management function network element mainly responsible for the signaling processing part, such as: access control, mobility management, attachment and detachment, and gateway selection and other functions.
  • the AMF network element provides services for the session in the terminal device, it provides storage resources of the control plane for the session to store the session identifier, the SMF network element identifier associated with the session identifier, and the like.
  • the access and mobility management function network element may be an AMF network element.
  • future communications such as 6G
  • the access and mobility management function network elements may still be AMF network elements, or have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • the access and mobility management function network element is an AMF network element, the AMF can provide Namf services.
  • Session management function network element It is mainly responsible for session management in the mobile network, such as session establishment, modification and release. Specific functions such as assigning IP addresses to users and selecting UPFs that provide packet forwarding functions.
  • the session management function network element may be an SMF network element.
  • the session management function network element may still be an SMF network element, or have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • the SMF can provide Nsmf services.
  • User plane function network element responsible for forwarding and receiving user data in terminal equipment.
  • the user data can be received from the data network and transmitted to the terminal device through the access network device; the UPF network element can also receive the user data from the terminal device through the access network device and forward it to the data network.
  • the transmission resources and scheduling functions that provide services to terminal equipment in the UPF network element are managed and controlled by the SMF network element.
  • the user plane functional network element may be a UPF network element.
  • future communications such as 6G
  • the user plane functional network element may still be a UPF network element, or have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • Policy control function network element mainly supports providing a unified policy framework to control network behavior, provides policy rules to the control layer network function, and is responsible for obtaining user subscription information related to policy decision-making.
  • the policy control function network element may be a PCF network element.
  • the policy control function network element may still be a PCF network element, or have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • the PCF network element can provide Npcf services.
  • the PCF network element may be used for delivering UE policies and access control policies during UE access related processes (eg, registration process).
  • the PCF can also be used in the UE's PDU session related process (such as the PDU session establishment process) to be responsible for delivering session related policies.
  • Non-3GPP interworking function (N3IWF) network element a non-trusted non-3GPP access gateway deployed for operators.
  • Non-trusted non-3GPP access means non-3GPP access that is not trusted by operators
  • the way for example, the way of accessing the network through the wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, Wifi) deployed by the user.
  • the N3IWF network element may be the signal access point of the UE, and is the first hop node for the UE to access the 3GPP network. Its network topology position can be regarded as the NG-RAN when the UE accesses the 5G network. It supports the establishment of an IP security (IPsec) tunnel with the UE, supports N2 and N3 interfaces with the 5G core network, and can relay NAS signaling between the UE and the AMF.
  • IPsec IP security
  • Network open function network element mainly supports the secure interaction between 3GPP network and third-party applications.
  • the network open function network element may be an NEF network element.
  • the network element with the network open function may still be the NEF network element, or have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • the network open function network element is an NEF, the NEF can provide Nnef services to other network function network elements.
  • Application function network element mainly supports interaction with the 3GPP core network to provide services, such as influencing data routing decisions, policy control functions, or providing some third-party services to the network side.
  • the application function network element may still be an AF network element, or have other names, which are not limited.
  • the application function network element is the AF network element
  • the AF network element can provide the Naf service.
  • Network exposure function network element mainly supports the secure interaction between 3GPP network and third-party applications.
  • Unified data management function network element used to generate authentication credential, user identification processing (such as storing and managing user permanent identity, etc.), access authorization control and contract data management, etc.
  • the unified data management function network element may be a UDM network element.
  • future communications such as 6G
  • the unified data management function network element may still be a UDM network element, or have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • the UDM network element can provide Nudm services.
  • a unified database (unified data repository, UDR) network element is used to store user subscription information of a mobile communication network, that is, to provide user subscription or service information that meets their business needs to requesters who request to discover users or services.
  • UDR unified data repository
  • Authentication application server function network element used to support 3GPP and non-3GPP access authentication. It supports the authentication function when the UE accesses the network, and is used to support the specific authentication and authorization process of network element slices.
  • the authentication application server function network element may be an AUSF network element.
  • the authentication application server function network element may still be an AUSF network element, or have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • the AUSF network element can provide the Nausf service.
  • Network slice selection function NE It can be used to select network slices that provide services to terminal devices.
  • the network slice selection function network element may be an NSSF network element.
  • the network element of the network slice selection function may still be an NSSF network element, or have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • the network slice selection function network element is the NSSF network element, the NSSF network element can provide the Nnssf service.
  • Network storage function network element It can be used to provide network element discovery function, and provide network element information corresponding to the network element type based on the request of other network elements.
  • the NRF network element also provides network element management services, such as network element registration, update, de-registration, and network element status subscription and push.
  • the network storage function network element may be an NRF network element.
  • future communications such as 6G
  • the network storage function network element may still be an NRF network element, or have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • the network storage function network element is an NRF network element, the NRF network element can provide the Nnrf service.
  • DN refers to a service network that provides data transmission services for users, such as IP multi-media service (IMS), Internet, etc.
  • IMS IP multi-media service
  • the user's data traffic accesses the DN through a protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU) session established between the UE and the DN.
  • PDU protocol data unit
  • the transmission will go through two network function entities, (R)AN and UPF.
  • UE, (R)AN, UPF and DN are generally referred to as data plane or user plane network functions and entities for carrying service data, and the other parts are referred to as control plane network functions and entities for carrying signaling messages .
  • the control plane network functions and entities are mainly responsible for functions such as authentication and authentication, registration management, session management, mobility management, and policy control, so as to achieve reliable and stable transmission of user layer traffic.
  • each network element in the core network can also be called a functional entity or a device, which can be either a network element implemented on dedicated hardware, a software instance running on dedicated hardware, or a virtualization on an appropriate platform.
  • An example of a function, for example, the above-mentioned virtualization platform may be a cloud platform.
  • FIG. 1a the architecture of the communication system shown in FIG. 1a is not limited to include only the network elements shown in the figure, but may also include other devices not shown in the figure, which will not be listed one by one.
  • the embodiments of the present application may be applied to the communication system shown in FIG. 1a, but the distribution form of each network element is not limited, and the distribution form shown in FIG. 1a is only exemplary.
  • the network element shown in FIG. 1a is used as an example for description, and the XX network element is directly abbreviated as XX.
  • the communication system shown in FIG. 1a does not constitute a limitation of the communication system to which the embodiments of the present application can be applied.
  • the communication system architecture shown in FIG. 1a is a 5G system architecture.
  • the embodiments of the present application are also applicable to various future communication systems, such as 6G or other communication networks.
  • Fig. 1c shows a schematic diagram of an application scenario, where the application scenario includes a remote terminal, a relay terminal, an access network device, a UPF, and the like.
  • the remote terminal accesses the network through the relay terminal.
  • relay communication can be understood as non-direct network communication, and both have the same meaning.
  • Layer 3 Relay Mode As shown in Table 1.
  • Layer 2 relay mode the remote terminal establishes an end-to-end radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) connection with the base station through the relay terminal.
  • the relay terminal forwards the uplink and downlink signaling of the remote terminal according to the access layer (Access Stratum layer, AS layer), so that the remote terminal can access the RAN.
  • the access layer Access Stratum layer, AS layer
  • the layer 2 relay mode can guarantee the data security between the remote terminal and the network.
  • the base station controls the QoS configuration between the remote terminal and the relay terminal and the QoS configuration between the relay terminal and the base station.
  • the layer 2 relay mode can guarantee the QoS service performance between the remote terminal and the network.
  • the base station controls the path switching, which ensures the service continuity of the remote terminal. Since the layer 2 relay mode requires the relay terminal to support access layer forwarding, the complexity of the layer 2 relay mode is moderate.
  • Layer 3 relay mode The technology of transmitting and receiving to the network through the remote terminal can also be a layer 3 (layer 3, layer 3) relay technology.
  • the data of the remote terminal is forwarded through the Internet protocol (IP) layer, that is, the data of the remote terminal is parsed by the relay terminal to the IP layer, and then the data of the remote terminal is forwarded through the PDU session of the relay terminal.
  • IP Internet protocol
  • situations 1 and 2 are used as examples below.
  • the layer 3 relay mode is the second layer 3 relay mode, that is, the layer 3 relay mode (layer-3UE-to-network relay without N3IWF) is not used.
  • the PDU session of the terminal is forwarded to the application server.
  • the network device may indicate that the remote terminal and the relay terminal can communicate in the second layer 3 relay mode by instructing the layer 3 relay mode.
  • the relay terminal can obtain the content of the data packet of the remote terminal when forwarding the data packet of the remote terminal. Therefore, the end-to-end data between the remote terminal and the base station cannot be guaranteed. Safety.
  • the relay terminal in the second layer 3 relay mode, can establish a PDU session that meets the QoS requirements based on the remote terminal, so the QoS performance of the remote terminal can be guaranteed.
  • the remote terminal needs to re-establish the PDU session with the application server. As a result, the service needs to be interrupted and then connected, affecting service continuity.
  • the second layer 3 relay mode does not need to establish an RRC connection between the remote terminal and the base station, and the complexity is lower.
  • the layer 3 relay mode is the first layer 3 relay mode, that is, the layer 3 relay mode of N3IWF (layer-3UE-to-network relay using N3IWF or layer-3UE-to-network relay with N3IWF) is used, for example 1b shows a schematic diagram of a communication system architecture, and the application scenario includes a remote terminal, a relay terminal, an access network device, a core network device (N3IWF, UPF), and the like. It should be noted that the application scenario shown in FIG. 1b is not limited to including only the network elements shown in the figure, but may also include other devices not shown in the figure, which are not listed one by one in this application.
  • the communication system architecture includes UE-Relay-network communication, that is, the remote terminal accesses the network through the relay terminal.
  • the data of the remote terminal is encrypted by the remote terminal and the N3IWF through the IPsec tunnel protocol layer, and the encrypted PDU session of the data relay terminal is forwarded to the N3IWF, which is decrypted by the N3IWF and forwarded to the remote terminal.
  • Corresponding AMF (corresponding to signaling) or UPF (corresponding to service data) corresponding to the PDU session of the remote terminal.
  • the PDU session established by the N3IWF can keep the UPF corresponding to the PDU session of the remote terminal unchanged, and ensure the service continuity between the remote terminal and the application server.
  • the remote terminal and the N3IWF encrypt and transmit the signaling and data of the remote terminal through the IPsec tunnel protocol layer, so that the relay terminal cannot decrypt the transmission data of the remote terminal.
  • the Layer 1 3 relay mode needs to establish an IPsec tunnel and forward data through the relay terminal and N3IWF. Compared with other relay modes, the complexity is higher, the transmission path is longer, the QoS performance cannot be guaranteed, and the transmission delay is higher.
  • the network device may indicate that the remote terminal and the relay terminal can communicate in the first layer 3 relay mode by instructing the layer 3 relay mode.
  • the layer 3 relay mode includes two modes: a layer 3 relay mode without using N3IWF and a layer 3 relay mode using N3IWF.
  • Case 2-1 The network device instructs the remote terminal whether the relay mode that can be used by the remote terminal is the first layer 3 relay mode or the second layer 3 by distinguishing the first layer 3 relay mode and the second layer 3 relay mode
  • the mode of relay mode, or the mode of indicating whether the relay mode that the relay terminal can adopt is the first layer 3 relay mode or the second layer 3 relay mode.
  • the remote terminal and the relay terminal can communicate based on the first layer 3 relay mode or the second layer 3 relay mode relay mode indicated by the network device.
  • Case 2-2 The network device instructs the remote terminal to use the layer 3 relay mode, or instructs the relay terminal to use the layer 3 relay mode without distinguishing between the first layer 3 relay mode and the second layer 3 relay mode.
  • the remote terminal determines whether to use the first layer 3 relay mode or the second layer 3 relay mode for communication.
  • FIG. 1 a and FIG. 1 c show the connection establishment flow in the layer 2 relay mode
  • FIG. 3 shows the connection establishment flow in the second layer 3 relay mode.
  • a connection establishment process in a layer 2 relay mode is provided.
  • the remote terminal can also complete the initial registration to the network. Or, when the remote terminal is not directly connected to the network, the remote terminal cannot be registered. In this scenario, the registration can be completed through S2010.
  • the relay terminal completes the initial registration to the network.
  • the relay terminal obtains the authorization information of the relay terminal from the PCF corresponding to the relay terminal (the PCF responsible for providing policies for the relay terminal when the relay terminal is registered), and the authorization information includes that the relay terminal is authorized as a relay terminal or a relay terminal. Indirect communication is possible.
  • the remote terminal When the remote terminal is directly connected to the network, it can obtain the authorization information of the remote terminal from the PCF responsible for providing policies for the remote terminal when the remote terminal is registered, and the authorization information includes the authorization information of the remote terminal.
  • the remote terminal As a remote terminal or capable of indirect communication.
  • the remote terminal can use the preconfigured authorization information to determine that it can act as the remote terminal.
  • S203 Relay terminal discovery and selection process.
  • the relay terminal and the remote terminal can discover each other.
  • Mutual discovery means that the relay terminal and the remote terminal need to know each other's existence first.
  • the relay terminal or the remote terminal
  • the broadcast message can indicate the information of the relay terminal (or the remote terminal).
  • other UEs can send the broadcast message to the relay terminal (or remote terminal).
  • the terminal terminal) replies to the message, for example, the remote terminal (or, the relay terminal) replies to the relay terminal (or, the remote terminal) with a message, which completes the discovery process of the relay terminal and the remote terminal.
  • the relay terminal (or the remote terminal) sends a broadcast message to find a UE that meets the condition (for example, the broadcast message can indicate one or more services, and the UE that can support the service is the UE that meets the condition)
  • other UEs can reply to the relay terminal (or remote terminal) if the condition can be satisfied, for example, the remote terminal (or, the relay terminal) sends a message to the relay terminal (or, the remote terminal)
  • the terminal terminal replies with the message, which completes the discovery process of the relay terminal and the remote terminal.
  • the relay terminal and the remote terminal may complete discovery or discover each other and establish a connection by executing S204, and then S203 may not be executed. Therefore, S203 is an optional step, which is represented by a dotted line in FIG. 2 .
  • the remote terminal sends a direct connection request message.
  • the direct connection request message is, for example, a broadcast message.
  • the direct connection request message can not only request to establish a connection with the peer device, but also request a relay service.
  • the UE capable of providing the relay service can send a response message to the relay terminal, for example, the remote terminal sends a response message to the relay terminal, which also completes the relay terminal and the remote terminal. discover each other.
  • the remote terminal After the mutual discovery process between the relay terminal and the remote terminal is performed, the remote terminal will discover one or more relay terminals, and the remote terminal will then select from these relay terminals. The signal strength between the end terminals can be selected.
  • S204 The remote terminal sends a direct communication request message (direct communication request) to the relay terminal.
  • the remote terminal initiates a direct communication request message to the relay terminal for requesting to establish a PC5 link with the relay terminal.
  • the relay terminal receives the direct communication request message from the remote terminal.
  • the direct communication request message may also include relay indication information, where the relay indication information is used to request the relay terminal to act as the relay device of the remote terminal, or to indicate that the PC5 link is used for the relay terminal to be the remote terminal
  • the terminal provides relay service or, alternatively, is used to instruct the PC5 link for indirect communication.
  • the relay terminal may configure a layer 2 identifier for the remote terminal according to the direct communication request message, so as to realize the establishment of a PC5 link between the relay terminal and the remote terminal.
  • the relay terminal sends a service request to the network device, which is used to request the network device to configure the configuration information of the PC5 link for the remote terminal, for example, the remote terminal is identified at layer 2 of the PC5 link.
  • the relay terminal needs to enter the RRC connected state.
  • the relay terminal may send a service request (Service Request) message to the core network device (eg, AMF) to enter the RRC connected state.
  • the core network device eg, AMF
  • Service Request service request
  • the relay terminal is in the RRC connection state, there is no need to send a service request (Service Request) message to the core network device (eg, AMF), which is represented by a dotted line in FIG. 2 .
  • S205 The relay terminal returns a direct communication response message (direct communication response).
  • the remote terminal establishes a PC5 link with the relay terminal.
  • the PC5 link can be used for direct communication between the relay terminal and the remote terminal, and can also be used for the relay terminal to provide relay services or indirect communication for the remote terminal. It should be noted that, in this application, the PC5 link may also be referred to as a PC5 connection or a PC5 link, which is not limited in this application.
  • the relay terminal and the remote terminal can establish one or more PC5 links (PC5 link), and each UE assigns a PC5 link identifier (PC5 link identifier) to each link to identify the PC5 link.
  • PC5 link PC5 link identifier
  • the PC5 link between the remote terminal and the relay terminal is called the PC5 link used for relay communication.
  • the PC5 link between the relay terminal and the remote terminal is called a PC5 link for direct communication between the relay terminal and the remote terminal.
  • the remote terminal requests the RAN to establish an RRC connection through the relay terminal.
  • the relay terminal forwards the RRC connection request of the remote terminal according to the access layer configuration (for example, the configuration information of the radio bearer, the layer 2 identifier of the PC5 link established by the remote terminal and the relay terminal).
  • the access layer configuration for example, the configuration information of the radio bearer, the layer 2 identifier of the PC5 link established by the remote terminal and the relay terminal.
  • the remote terminal initiates a non-access stratum request (non-access stratum, NAS) to the corresponding AMF of the remote terminal through the relay terminal and the access network device.
  • NAS non-access stratum
  • the AMF corresponding to the remote terminal may be understood as the AMF responsible for the mobility management of the remote terminal when the remote terminal is registered.
  • the NAS message may be an initial registration message.
  • the NAS message may be a service request message. In the service request message, the remote terminal can choose to activate the PDU session.
  • S208 The remote terminal initiates a PDU session establishment process.
  • the remote terminal initiates a PDU session request to the first core network device through the relay terminal.
  • the first core network device is, for example, an AMF, and the AMF may determine to establish a PDU session for the remote terminal.
  • the PDU session is called the first PDU session.
  • S209 The remote terminal sends data to the network device through the relay terminal.
  • the relay terminal may forward the upper and lower information of the remote terminal to the access network device according to the configuration of the access layer (for example, the configuration information of the wireless bearer, the layer 2 identifier of the PC5 link established between the remote terminal and the relay terminal, etc.). row data.
  • the configuration of the access layer for example, the configuration information of the wireless bearer, the layer 2 identifier of the PC5 link established between the remote terminal and the relay terminal, etc.
  • the core network device such as UPF
  • the UPF sends the downlink data packet to the access network device, and the access network device sends the downlink data packet to the relay terminal, Therefore, the relay terminal forwards the downlink data to the remote terminal according to the PC5 connection established with the remote terminal.
  • a connection establishment process in the second layer 3 relay mode is provided.
  • the relay terminal registers with the network, and obtains authorization information of the relay terminal and communication parameter information of the relay terminal.
  • the relay terminal obtains the authorization information of the relay terminal and the communication parameter information of the relay terminal from the PCF corresponding to the relay terminal (the PCF responsible for providing policies for the relay terminal when the relay terminal is registered), and the authorization information includes the The relay terminal is authorized to communicate indirectly, and the UE is authorized to act as a relay terminal to provide relay services for remote terminals.
  • the communication parameter information may include authorized PC5QoS parameters.
  • the remote terminal registers with the network, and obtains authorization information of the remote terminal and communication parameter information of the remote terminal.
  • the remote terminal When the remote terminal is directly connected to the network, it can obtain the authorization information of the remote terminal and the communication parameter information of the remote terminal from the PCF responsible for providing the policy for the remote terminal when the remote terminal is registered.
  • the authorization information includes that the remote terminal is authorized to communicate indirectly, that is, authorized to access the network as a remote terminal through a relay terminal.
  • the D2D communication parameter information may include authorized PC5QoS parameters.
  • S303 The relay terminal establishes a PDU session.
  • the PDU session may be a PDU session established for the relay terminal and used for relay service.
  • the second core network device may assign the relay terminal an IP address of the relay terminal, so that the relay terminal can communicate with the core network device (for example, UPF) between the relay terminal and the core network device (for example, UPF through the PDU session). ) to transfer data between.
  • the core network device for example, UPF
  • the remote terminal can determine the PDU session parameter corresponding to the application according to the application corresponding to the data forwarded by the relay terminal and the UE route selection policy (UE route selection policy, URSP).
  • UE route selection policy UE route selection policy, URSP
  • the PDU session parameters may include: data network name (data network name, DNN), single network slice selection assistance information (single network slice selection assistance information, S-NSSAI) and the like.
  • the remote terminal determines the RSC corresponding to the application according to the corresponding relationship between the PDU session parameters and the RSC configured by the PCF to the remote terminal, and the PDU session parameters corresponding to the application.
  • RSC is used to identify PDU session parameters. For example, when the PDU session parameter corresponding to the first application includes the first DNN and the first S-NSSAI, the first RSC may be set correspondingly.
  • the remote terminal may send a discovery message to the relay terminal when confirming that the PDU session parameter of the first application is used, and the discovery message may include the first RSC.
  • the relay terminal After receiving the discovery message, the relay terminal responds to the discovery message according to whether it supports the first RSC. At this time, the remote terminal can confirm that the data of the first application can be transmitted through the relay terminal.
  • the relay terminal may determine whether to support the first RSC according to whether the first RSC is included in the correspondence between the PDU session parameters and the RSC preconfigured by the PCF for the relay terminal. For example, when it is determined that the first RSC is supported, a discovery response message may be sent to the remote terminal, where the discovery response message is used to instruct the relay terminal to support the first RSC. When the relay terminal determines that the first RSC is not supported, a discovery response message may be sent to the remote terminal, where the discovery response message is used to indicate that the relay terminal does not support the first RSC. Alternatively, when the relay terminal determines that the first RSC is not supported, it may not respond to the discovery message, that is, not send a discovery response message to the remote terminal.
  • the relay terminal can determine, according to the first RSC, whether the second PDU session can satisfy the PDU session parameters corresponding to the first RSC (that is, the PDU session used by the remote terminal for relaying) parameters) requirements.
  • the relay terminal may request to establish a third PDU session with the network according to the PDU session parameters corresponding to the first RSC.
  • the third PDU session is used to transmit the data of the first application for the remote terminal.
  • the remote terminal obtains the IP address information of the remote terminal through the relay terminal.
  • the relay terminal may allocate IP address information of an IP address for relaying with the relay terminal to the remote terminal.
  • the IP address information may include: the IP address of the PC5 link between the remote terminal and the relay terminal, and the IP address information may also include: the IP address identifier corresponding to the data of the remote terminal forwarded by the relay terminal to the network device (for example, , IP info).
  • the IP address used by the remote terminal on the PC5 link with the relay terminal is IP1.
  • the IP address corresponding to the PDU session of the relay terminal (for example, it may be the second PDU session or the third PDU session) is IP2, and the IP info allocated by the relay terminal to the remote terminal is IP1-1.
  • the IP address information may be an address of an IP prefix longer than the IP prefix of the relay terminal. Therefore, the relay terminal can forward the data of the remote terminal to the network device through the IP address (the IPv6 prefix that is longer than the IP prefix of the relay terminal).
  • the relay terminal when the IP address of the relay terminal is IPv4, the relay terminal specifies the port number (TCP/UDP ports) of the relay terminal for the remote terminal. Therefore, the relay terminal can forward the data of the remote terminal to the network device through the IPv4 address and the specific port number.
  • the relay terminal sends the IP address information of the remote terminal to the network device.
  • the relay terminal may carry the IP address information of the remote terminal and the identifier of the remote terminal through the PDU session modification request message. Therefore, the network device can transmit the data of the remote terminal with the relay terminal through the IP address information of the remote terminal.
  • network devices may be AMF and SMF.
  • the IP address (eg, IP1) of the PC5 link used for communication with the relay terminal is used as the source IP address of the uplink data packet.
  • the relay terminal modifies the source IP address to IP1-1, and sends it to the UPF through the PDU session (eg, the third PDU session) corresponding to the relay terminal, and then to the application server.
  • the data transmitted by the relay terminal and the network device may be transmitted through the second PDU session, and the corresponding IP address is IP2.
  • the relay terminal For downlink transmission, after the relay terminal receives the data packet whose destination IP address is IP1-1 from UPF, it determines that the data is the data packet of the remote terminal. Therefore, the relay terminal can change the destination IP address to IP1, and pass the data packet with the remote terminal.
  • the PC5 link established by the end terminal sends the data packet to the remote terminal.
  • the relay terminal forwards the data of the remote terminal according to the IP address, if the data of the remote terminal is not encrypted at the application layer, the relay terminal can parse the data of the remote terminal, and the security not tall. In addition, the remote terminal transmits data with the application server using the PDU session of the relay terminal. If the relay terminal is replaced as the terminal moves or the remote terminal can be directly connected to the network, the remote terminal needs to re-establish the connection with the application server, which will cause the service to be interrupted and then connected, affecting service continuity.
  • S401 The remote terminal and the relay terminal respectively register with the network to obtain authorization information and communication parameter information.
  • the method for the relay terminal to register with the network and obtain authorization information and communication parameter information may refer to S301, which will not be repeated here.
  • S402 Discovery and selection of the remote terminal and the relay terminal.
  • S403 The remote terminal establishes a PC5 communication link with the relay.
  • the relay establishes a fourth PDU session for the remote terminal, where the fourth PDU session is used for the relay terminal to transmit signaling or data for the remote terminal.
  • S404 The relay terminal allocates an IP address for relaying to the remote terminal.
  • S405 The remote terminal determines the IP address of the N3IWF according to the N3IWF selected to access.
  • the remote terminal may determine the IP address of the N3IWF to be selected for access according to the N3IWF identification information.
  • the N3IWF identification information may be the full domain name (Fully Qualified Domain Name, FQDN) or IP address of the N3IWF in the HPLMN.
  • the remote terminal establishes an IPsec tunnel with the N3IWF through the PC5 link with the relay terminal and the fourth PDU session of the relay terminal.
  • the remote terminal completes the process of establishing the IPsec tunnel by selecting the N3IWF to be accessed.
  • the remote terminal and the N3IWF can encrypt and transmit the signaling of the remote terminal through the IPsec tunnel protocol layer.
  • NAS signaling such as the NAS registration process and the PDU session establishment process can be transmitted between the remote terminal and the N3IWF through the IPsec tunnel.
  • the remote terminal first connects to the N3IWF of the remote terminal through the fourth PDU session of the relay terminal, and then accesses the network through the fifth PDU session established by the N3IWF.
  • the remote terminal establishes the fifth PDU session through the N3IWF.
  • S408 The remote terminal sends data to the network device through the IPsec tunnel.
  • the remote terminal and the N3IWF encrypt and transmit the signaling and data of the remote terminal through the IPsec tunnel protocol layer, so that the relay terminal cannot decrypt the transmission data of the remote terminal.
  • the fifth PDU session established by the N3IWF can be used to keep the UPF corresponding to the fifth PDU session of the remote terminal unchanged, that is, through the N3IWF
  • the established fifth PDU session realizes mutual switching between indirect communication and direct communication, and maintains service continuity. Security issues and business continuity issues in layer 3 relay mode can be resolved.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method. Take the method applied to the communication system architecture shown in Fig. 1a or Fig. 1b or the application scenario shown in Fig. 2a as an example.
  • the method is performed by a network device, a relay terminal and a remote terminal as an example.
  • the network equipment may include access network equipment and core network equipment.
  • the core network equipment may include PCF, UDM, AMF, and the like.
  • the PCF sends the first policy information of the relay mode selection to the remote terminal, and the remote terminal determines the relay mode.
  • a case 2 of the coexistence of the layer 2 relay mode, the first layer 3 relay mode, and the second layer 3 relay mode is used to describe the one provided by the embodiment of the present application. a method of communication.
  • fewer relay modes coexist for example, in the case where the layer 2 relay mode and the first layer 3 relay mode coexist, or, in the case where the layer 2 relay mode and the second layer 3 relay mode coexist In this case, or, in the case where the first layer 3 relay mode and the second layer 3 relay mode coexist, you can refer to FIG. 9 to consider the case 1 where the relay mode includes the layer 2 relay mode and the layer 3 relay mode. implementation.
  • the fourth relay mode may include at least one of the following: a relay mode corresponding to the first application, a relay mode supported by the remote terminal, or a relay mode authorized by the remote terminal.
  • the first application may be an application corresponding to the data to be transmitted of the remote terminal.
  • the PCF can obtain the relay mode corresponding to the first application.
  • the PCF may determine the relay mode corresponding to the first application according to the relay mode and the service characteristics of the first application.
  • the PCF may also receive the relay mode corresponding to the first application through other core network devices.
  • the UDM determines the relay mode corresponding to the first application according to the relay mode and the service characteristics of the first application. After determining the relay mode corresponding to the first application, the UDM sends the relay mode corresponding to the first application to the PCF.
  • the PCF can also obtain the relay mode supported by the remote terminal, or the relay mode authorized by the remote terminal.
  • the NAS message sent by the remote terminal to the AMF includes the relay mode supported by the remote terminal, and the AMF forwards the relay mode supported by the remote terminal to the PCF.
  • the NAS message may be a registration request (registration request) message.
  • the AMF can forward the relay mode supported by the remote terminal to the PCF through the UE policy control creat request message.
  • the PCF obtains the authorization information of the remote terminal from the UDR.
  • the PCF obtains the authorization information of the remote terminal from the UDR through a data management query process.
  • the authorization information may include relevant information that the terminal is authorized as a remote terminal. It may also include the relay mode that the terminal is authorized to use, for example, the terminal is authorized to use the layer 2 relay mode, or the terminal is authorized to use the layer 3 relay mode. For another example, the terminal may also be authorized to use the first layer 3 relay mode, or the terminal may be authorized to use the second layer 3 relay mode. Of course, the authorized relay modes may also be multiple relay modes, which are not limited here. Therefore, the UDR can determine the relay mode authorized by the remote terminal according to the authorization information of the remote terminal. After determining the relay mode authorized by the remote terminal, the UDR may send the relay mode authorized by the remote terminal to the PCF, so that the PCF obtains the relay mode authorized by the remote terminal.
  • S502 The PCF sends the first policy information to the remote terminal according to the fourth relay mode.
  • the first policy information may include: a relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal.
  • the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal is used for the remote terminal to transmit data of the first application.
  • the PCF sends the first policy information to the remote terminal through a UE configuration update (UE configuration update) procedure. Specifically, the PCF puts the first policy information in the UE policy container, sends the UE policy container to the AMF through the N1 N2 message transfer message, and the AMF sends the UE policy container to the AMF through the NAS message. sent to the remote terminal.
  • UE configuration update UE configuration update
  • S503 The remote terminal determines the first relay mode according to the first policy information.
  • the remote terminal may determine to select the first relay mode according to the current requirement for transmitting the data of the first application. For example, when the application layer of the remote terminal has a data transmission requirement of the first application, a request is made to the network layer of the remote terminal to determine the first relay mode.
  • S504 The relay terminal obtains the information of the first relay mode.
  • the remote terminal can make the relay terminal obtain the Information about the first relay mode. Specifically, the remote terminal sends a discovery message or a direct communication request message to the relay terminal, and the message includes the information of the first relay mode. Optionally, it may also be determined through a discovery process or a process of establishing a PC5 link that the relay terminal supports the first relay mode to transmit the data of the first application.
  • S505 The remote terminal uses the first relay mode to transmit the data of the first application.
  • the relay terminal adopts the first relay mode to transmit the data of the first application for the remote terminal.
  • a PC5 link is established between the remote terminal and the relay terminal (S204 to S205 in Figure 2), and the remote terminal initiates an RRC connection through the relay terminal ( S206-S209 in FIG. 2), and perform the following steps to realize the transmission of the data of the first application based on the layer 2 relay mode.
  • the first relay mode as the second layer 3 relay mode
  • a PC5 link is established between the remote terminal and the relay terminal (S305 in Figure 3), and the remote terminal and the relay terminal perform IP allocation (such as S306 in FIG. 3 ), and the subsequent steps are performed to realize the transmission of the data of the first application based on the second layer 3 relay mode.
  • the second PDU session or the third PDU session established by the relay UE may be determined based on the PDU session parameter determined by the RSC corresponding to the first relay mode. That is, it is determined based on the PDU session parameter corresponding to the first application.
  • the first relay mode as the first layer 3 relay mode as an example
  • a PC5 link is established between the remote terminal and the relay terminal (S403 in Figure 4), and the remote terminal and the relay terminal perform IP allocation (such as S404 in FIG. 3 ), and the subsequent steps are performed to realize the transmission of the data of the first application based on the second layer 3 relay mode.
  • the fourth PDU session established by the relay UE may be determined based on the PDU session parameter determined by the RSC corresponding to the first relay mode. That is, it is determined based on the PDU session parameter corresponding to the first application.
  • the PCF sends the first policy information of the relay mode selection to the remote terminal.
  • the remote terminal determines the first relay mode according to the first policy information, and the relay terminal determines whether to support the first relay mode according to the obtained information of the first relay mode, so that the network controls or recommends the remote terminal for different
  • the selected relay mode is applied to meet the needs of different applications and enable the cooperative work of different relay modes.
  • the following describes the determination method of the relay mode corresponding to the first application in S501 with a specific example.
  • the relay mode corresponding to the first application may include at least one of the following: a layer 2 relay mode or a first layer 3 relay mode.
  • the first layer-3 relay mode may be a layer-3 relay mode using N3IWF.
  • the relay mode corresponding to the first application may include at least one of the following: a layer 2 relay mode or a second layer 3 relay mode.
  • the second layer 3 relay mode is a layer 3 relay mode that does not use N3IWF.
  • the relay mode corresponding to the first application may include at least one of the following: a layer 2 relay mode or a first layer 3 relay mode.
  • the relay mode corresponding to the first application may be the layer 2 relay mode.
  • the relay mode corresponding to the first application may include at least one of the following: a layer 2 relay mode or a first layer 3 relay mode.
  • the PCF may also determine the priority of the relay mode corresponding to the first application according to the requirements of the first application for different performances. For example, when the first application has relatively high security requirements and relatively low security requirements for high QoS requirements, the relay modes corresponding to the first application can be set to include: layer 2 relay mode and first layer 3 relay mode, And the priority of the layer 2 relay mode is higher than the priority of the first layer 3 relay mode.
  • the following describes the way of determining the relay mode supported by the remote terminal in S501 with a specific example.
  • the remote terminal may determine the relay mode supported by the remote terminal according to its own capability.
  • the remote terminal can determine the relay mode that can be supported according to its own processing capability. For example, when the processing capability of the remote terminal itself is low, it can determine The relay mode supported by the remote terminal is Layer 2 relay mode.
  • the relay modes supported by the remote terminal include at least one of the following: a layer 2 relay mode, a first layer 3 relay mode, or a second layer 3 relay mode .
  • the remote terminal may also determine the relay mode supported by the remote terminal according to the settings of its own protocol stack. For example, when the remote terminal supports the adaptation layer or the protocol stack supports layer 2 forwarding, it can be determined that the remote terminal supports the layer 2 relay mode. For example, when the remote terminal does not support the adaptation layer and supports IP routing, it can be determined that the remote terminal supports the layer 2 relay mode.
  • the remote terminal supports the first layer 3 relay mode or the second layer 3 relay mode. For example, when the remote terminal supports the establishment of an IPsec tunnel on the PC5 protocol stack, it can be determined that the remote terminal supports the first layer 3 relay model.
  • the following uses a specific example to illustrate the manner in which the PCF determines the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the terminal in S502.
  • the PCF may determine that the UE is not authorized to be a remote terminal according to the authorization information of the remote terminal, for example, whether the remote terminal is authorized as a remote terminal
  • the first application corresponds to the relay mode.
  • the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the terminal may be sent to the remote terminal.
  • the PCF may The first policy information is determined by one or more of the relay mode corresponding to the first application, the relay mode supported by the remote terminal, or the relay mode authorized by the remote terminal.
  • the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal may include: at least one of the layer 2 relay mode or the layer 3 relay mode; or, the layer 2 relay mode, the first Layer 3 relay mode, or at least one of the second layer 3 relay mode.
  • the PCF can confirm whether the first policy information is sent to the remote terminal in a manner of distinguishing the first layer 3 relay mode and the second layer 3 relay mode.
  • the relay modes corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal may include: layer 2 relay mode, the first layer 3 relay mode, or at least one of the second layer 3 relay mode.
  • the relay modes corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal include: layer 2 relay mode, or layer 3 relay mode At least one of the relay modes.
  • the PCF can use the relay mode supported by the remote terminal.
  • the relay mode and the relay mode authorized by the remote terminal a plurality of relay modes included in the relay mode corresponding to the first application are screened, thereby determining the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal.
  • the relay modes corresponding to the first application include: a layer 2 relay mode and a first layer 3 relay mode.
  • the relay modes supported by the remote terminal include: layer 2 relay mode, first layer 3 relay mode, and second layer 3 relay mode.
  • the relay modes authorized by the remote terminal include: layer 2 relay mode and second layer 3 relay mode. At this time, it can be determined that the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal includes: layer 2 relay mode.
  • the PCF can filter multiple relay modes included in the relay mode corresponding to the first application through the relay mode supported by the remote terminal or the relay mode authorized by the remote terminal, and obtain The relay mode included in the first policy information.
  • the relay modes corresponding to the first application include: a layer 2 relay mode and a first layer 3 relay mode.
  • the relay modes supported by the remote terminal include: layer 2 relay mode, first layer 3 relay mode, and second layer 3 relay mode. Then, it can be determined that the relay modes corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal include: a layer 2 relay mode and a first layer 3 relay mode.
  • the relay modes corresponding to the first application include: a layer 2 relay mode, a first layer 3 relay mode, and a second layer 3 relay mode.
  • the relay modes authorized by the remote terminal include: layer 2 relay mode and second layer 3 relay mode. Then, it can be determined that the relay modes corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal include: a layer 2 relay mode and a second layer 3 relay mode.
  • the PCF can determine the first policy information according to the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal.
  • the first policy information may be used to indicate a relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal, and the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal is used for the remote terminal to transmit data of the first application.
  • the PCF may also determine the priority of the corresponding relay mode when there are multiple relay modes corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal, and specifically determine the priority of the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal.
  • the priority of the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal may be determined according to the priority of the relay mode corresponding to the first application, or may be determined in other ways, which will not be repeated here.
  • Modes A1 to A3 are exemplified below to illustrate the modes in which the first policy information carries the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal.
  • the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal may be expressed as: the identifier of the first application, and the identifier of the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal.
  • the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal when the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal is the layer 2 relay mode, the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal may be expressed as: the identifier of the first application, the layer 2 relay mode 's identification.
  • the identifier of the relay mode may be the identifier of the newly set relay mode.
  • the layer 2 relay mode may adopt a newly set identifier to indicate that the identifier is the layer 2 relay mode.
  • the identifier of the relay mode may also be an identifier involved in multiplexing the existing relay mode.
  • the PCF needs to send the correspondence between the RSC and the PDU session parameters to the remote terminal. Therefore, , the corresponding RSC may be carried in the first policy information and sent to the remote terminal to indicate that the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal includes the relay mode corresponding to the RSC. For example, if the PDU session parameter corresponding to the RSC is used to establish the first layer 3 relay mode, the relay mode indicated by the RSC is the first layer 3 relay mode. For another example, the PDU session parameter corresponding to the RSC is used to establish the second layer 3 relay mode, then the relay mode used by the RSC to indicate is the second layer 3 relay mode.
  • the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal may be expressed as: the correspondence between the first application and the relay mode.
  • the corresponding relationship between the first application and the relay mode in the first policy information may also be a corresponding relationship filtered through the relay mode supported by the remote terminal or the authorized relay mode.
  • the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal may be expressed as: the correspondence between the first application and the relay mode of the remote terminal.
  • the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal when the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal is the layer 2 relay mode and the first layer 3 relay mode, the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal may be expressed as: The correspondence between an application and the layer 2 relay mode, and the correspondence between the first application and the first layer 3 relay mode.
  • the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal may be expressed as: the correspondence between the first application and the relay mode.
  • the first policy information may further include: a relay mode that the remote terminal is allowed to use, or a relay mode that the remote terminal is authorized to use.
  • determining the relay mode of the first application includes: layer 2 relay mode, first layer 3 relay mode, and second layer 3 relay mode; and the relay modes supported or authorized by the remote terminal include: layer 2 The relay mode and the first layer 3 relay mode, it can be determined that the relay mode that the remote terminal is allowed (or authorized) to use includes: the identifier of the relay mode corresponding to the remote terminal (the identifier of the layer 2 relay mode and the Identification of the first layer 3 relay mode).
  • the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal may be expressed as: the identifier of the relay mode corresponding to the first application (for example, including the identifier of the layer 2 relay mode and the identifier of the first layer 3 relay mode , the identifier of the second layer 3 relay mode), the corresponding relationship between the remote terminal and the relay mode (for example, including the layer 2 relay mode and the first layer 3 relay mode).
  • the remote terminal can determine the medium of the first application of the remote terminal according to the correspondence between the first application and the relay mode included in the first policy information and the relay mode that the remote terminal is allowed (or authorized) to use. follow mode.
  • the relay modes corresponding to the first application are the layer 2 relay mode, the second layer 3 relay mode, and the first layer 3 relay mode
  • the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal is the layer 3 relay mode.
  • the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal can be expressed as: the first application and the layer 2 relay mode, the second layer 3 relay mode and the first The correspondence between the layer 3 relay mode, and the correspondence between the remote terminal and the layer 2 relay mode and the first layer 3 relay mode. Therefore, it can be determined that the relay modes corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal are the layer 2 relay mode and the first layer 3 relay mode.
  • the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal may be expressed as: the correspondence between the first application and the RSC, and the correspondence between the RSC and the relay mode.
  • the first policy information may further include: a relay mode that the remote terminal is allowed to use, or a relay mode that the remote terminal is authorized to use.
  • the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal may be expressed as: the correspondence between the first application and the RSC, and the correspondence between the RSC and the relay mode.
  • the corresponding relationship between the first application and the RSC may also be a corresponding relationship filtered through a relay mode supported by the remote terminal or an authorized relay mode.
  • the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal may be expressed as: the correspondence between the first application and the RSC, and the correspondence between the RSC and the relay mode.
  • the first policy information may further include: a relay mode that the remote terminal is allowed to use, or a relay mode that the remote terminal is authorized to use. Therefore, the remote terminal can determine the remote terminal according to the corresponding relationship between the first application and the RSC included in the first policy information, the corresponding relationship between the RSC and the relay mode, and the relay mode that the remote terminal is allowed (or authorized) to use. The relay mode of the first application of the end terminal.
  • an RSC can be set separately for the layer 2 relay mode, and the RSC can only be used to indicate the corresponding relationship with the corresponding layer 2 relay mode.
  • the RSC in the layer 3 relay mode that has a corresponding relationship with the PDU session parameters can be multiplexed.
  • RSC1 The corresponding PDU session parameter is used to establish the first layer 3 relay mode, and the RSC1 is used to indicate the corresponding relationship with the first layer 3 relay mode.
  • RSC2 is used to indicate the corresponding relationship with the second layer 3 relay mode.
  • the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal when the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal is the layer 2 relay mode and the first layer 3 relay mode, the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal can be expressed as: A corresponding relationship between an application and the first RSC, the corresponding relationship between the first RSC and the layer 2 relay mode; the corresponding relationship between the first application and the second RSC, the corresponding relationship between the second RSC and the first layer 3 relay mode.
  • the first policy information may further include the priority of the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal.
  • the first policy information may further include the correspondence between the RSC and the PDU session parameter.
  • the following example introduces the manner in which the remote terminal determines the first relay mode according to the first policy information in S503.
  • the first relay mode in combination with case 2-1, in the case of not distinguishing between different layer 3 relay modes, the first relay mode may be: layer 2 relay mode or layer 3 relay mode. In combination with the case 2-2, when considering different layer 3 relay modes, the first relay mode may be: layer 2 relay mode, first layer 3 relay mode, or second layer 3 relay mode.
  • the remote terminal may determine the first relay mode according to the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal in the first policy information.
  • the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal may be determined as the first relay mode.
  • the relay mode corresponding to the first application at the remote terminal includes a polynomial, and one can be selected as the first relay mode according to its own needs.
  • the remote terminal determines the first relay mode in the relay mode supported by itself and the first policy information according to its own capability.
  • the remote terminal before the remote terminal receives the first policy information, if the remote terminal does not send the relay mode supported by the remote terminal, the remote terminal can use the relay mode supported by itself and the first policy information according to its own capabilities. , determine the first relay mode.
  • the remote terminal may, according to its own capability, select among the relay modes supported by the remote terminal. From the relay mode and the first policy information, determine the first relay mode.
  • the remote terminal may determine the first relay mode according to the first policy information. .
  • the remote terminal may also determine the first relay mode according to the priority of the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal. For example, the remote terminal selects the relay mode with the highest priority.
  • Mode B1 and Mode B2 are examples to introduce the manner in which the remote terminal determines the information of the first relay mode in S504.
  • the implementation modes of Mode B1 and Mode B2 are also different, the following uses scenarios 1 and B2 as examples.
  • Scenario 2 is an example.
  • the information of the first relay mode does not include RSC.
  • the first relay mode is the layer 2 relay mode.
  • the information of the first relay mode includes: RSC corresponding to the first relay mode.
  • the information of the first relay mode may include: RSC.
  • the RSC may be an RSC corresponding to a PDU session parameter indicating use in the first layer 3 relay mode, or may be an RSC corresponding to a PDU session parameter indicating use in the second layer 3 relay mode.
  • the remote terminal can determine the RSC according to the PDU session parameter corresponding to the first application and the corresponding relationship between the RSC and the PDU session parameter, and use the RSC as the information of the first relay mode to indicate the first relay mode.
  • the first relay mode is determined according to the relay mode of the first application corresponding to the remote terminal carried by the first policy information.
  • the RSC may be an RSC carried in the first policy information indicating the first layer 3 relay mode or the second layer 3 relay mode corresponding to the RSC.
  • the remote terminal can determine the corresponding RSC after determining to adopt the first layer 3 relay mode according to the RSC carried in the first policy information, and determine the PDU session parameter corresponding to the RSC according to the RSC.
  • the information of the first relay mode includes: first indication information used to indicate the first relay mode.
  • the first indication information may be an identifier of the first relay mode.
  • the information of the first relay mode is the identifier of the layer 2 relay mode.
  • the information of the first relay mode is an identifier of the layer 3 relay mode.
  • the information of the first relay mode is the identifier of the first layer 3 relay mode.
  • the information of the first relay mode is the identifier of the second layer 3 relay mode.
  • the first indication information may be relay capability information of the relay terminal required by the first relay mode.
  • the first indication information may be layer 2 relay capability information of the relay terminal, such as layer 2 forwarding capability.
  • the first indication information may be layer 3 relay capability information of the relay terminal, such as IP layer forwarding capability.
  • the first indication information may be the first layer 3 relay capability information of the relay terminal.
  • the first indication information may be the second layer 3 relay capability information of the relay terminal.
  • the information of the first relay mode can be determined by adopting the mode B1 or the mode B2.
  • the information of the first relay mode includes: RSC corresponding to the first relay mode.
  • the remote terminal may determine the information of the first relay mode according to the RSC carried in the first policy information.
  • the first relay mode for example, the first relay mode is the layer 3 relay mode, or the first layer 3 relay mode, or the second layer 3 relay mode
  • the remote terminal may also The RSC may be determined according to the PDU session parameter corresponding to the first application and the corresponding relationship between the RSC and the PDU session parameter, and the RSC may be used as the information of the first relay mode to indicate the first relay mode.
  • the information of the first relay mode may include the RSC corresponding to the layer 2 relay mode.
  • the information of the first relay mode includes: the RSC corresponding to the first layer 3 relay mode.
  • the information of the first relay mode includes: the RSC corresponding to the second layer 3 relay mode.
  • the information of the first relay mode includes: the RSC corresponding to the layer 3 relay mode.
  • the information of the first relay mode includes: first indication information used to indicate the first relay mode.
  • first indication information used to indicate the first relay mode.
  • Modes C1 and C2 are exemplified below to illustrate the manner in which the relay terminal obtains the information of the first relay mode in S504.
  • the relay terminal receives the first message from the remote terminal.
  • the first message contains information of the first relay mode.
  • the first message may be a discovery message or a direct communication request message.
  • FIG. 2 For the manner in which the remote terminal sends the discovery message to the relay terminal, reference may be made to FIG. 2 , and FIG. 3 and FIG. 4 show the discovery process between the remote terminal and the relay terminal.
  • the manner in which the remote terminal sends the direct communication request message to the relay terminal can be referred to in FIG. 2 , and the process of performing the PC5 link between the remote terminal and the relay terminal in FIG. 3 and FIG. 4 will not be repeated here.
  • the first message when the first relay mode is the layer 3 relay mode, includes information of the layer 3 relay mode.
  • the first message includes: the first indication information corresponding to the layer 3 relay mode, or the first message includes: the RSC corresponding to the layer 3 relay mode.
  • the first message when the first relay mode is the first layer 3 relay mode, includes the information of the first layer 3 relay mode.
  • the first message includes: the first indication information corresponding to the first layer 3 relay mode, or the first message includes: the RSC corresponding to the first layer 3 relay mode.
  • the first message when the first relay mode is the second layer 3 relay mode, includes the information of the second layer 3 relay mode.
  • the first message includes: the first indication information corresponding to the second layer 3 relay mode, or the first message includes: the RSC corresponding to the second layer 3 relay mode.
  • the first message includes the information of the layer 2 relay mode.
  • the first message includes: the first indication information corresponding to the layer 2 relay mode, or the first message includes: the RSC corresponding to the layer 2 relay mode.
  • the relay terminal receives the second message from the remote terminal, and the second message does not include the RSC.
  • the second message is a discovery message or a direct communication request message.
  • the relay terminal may determine, according to the second message, that the first relay mode is the layer 2 relay mode.
  • the relay terminal may further determine whether to support the first relay mode based on the obtained information of the first relay mode.
  • Modes D1 and D2 are exemplified below to illustrate the manner in which the relay terminal determines whether to support the first relay mode.
  • the relay terminal determines whether to support the first relay mode according to the relay mode supported by the relay terminal.
  • the relay terminal can determine whether to support the first relay mode according to the capability of the relay terminal itself, or the relay terminal can also determine whether to support the first relay mode according to the authorization information obtained by the relay terminal during the registration process model. For example, the relay terminal may determine whether to support the first relay mode according to whether it is authorized as a relay terminal in the authorization information, or according to whether the first relay mode is authorized.
  • the relay terminal obtains the second policy information, and determines whether to support the first relay mode according to the second policy information. Specifically, it can include the following steps 1 and 2:
  • Step 1 the PCF obtains the fifth relay mode.
  • the fifth relay mode includes at least one of the following: a relay mode supported by the relay terminal, or a relay mode authorized by the relay terminal.
  • the PCF receives the relay mode supported by the relay terminal from the relay terminal.
  • the relay terminal sends a NAS message to the AMF, where the NAS message carries the relay mode supported by the relay terminal, and the AMF forwards the relay mode supported by the relay terminal to the PCF.
  • the NAS message may be a registration request message.
  • the PCF can obtain one of the fifth relay mode or the fifth relay mode according to the relay mode supported by the relay terminal.
  • the PCF receives the relay mode authorized by the relay terminal from the UDR. At this time, the PCF may obtain one of the fifth relay mode or the fifth relay mode according to the relay mode authorized by the relay terminal.
  • Step 2 The PCF sends the second policy information to the relay terminal according to the fifth relay mode.
  • the second policy information includes the relay mode of the relay terminal.
  • the PCF sends the second policy information to the relay terminal through the UE configuration update procedure. Specifically, the PCF puts the second policy information in the UE policy container, sends the UE policy container to the AMF through the N1 N2 message transfer message, and the AMF sends the UE policy container to the relay terminal through the NAS message.
  • the relay mode of the relay terminal may include: layer 2 relay mode, or at least one of the layer 3 relay modes one.
  • the relay mode of the relay terminal may include: layer 2 relay mode, first layer 3 relay mode, or At least one of the Layer 2 3 relay modes.
  • the PCF determines the relay mode of the relay terminal according to the relay mode supported by the relay terminal and/or the relay mode authorized by the relay terminal.
  • the PCF determines the relay mode of the relay terminal according to the relay mode supported by the relay terminal.
  • the relay modes supported by the relay terminal include: layer 2 relay mode, first layer 3 relay mode, and second layer 3 relay mode. Then it can be determined that the relay modes of the relay terminal include: layer 2 relay mode, first layer 3 relay mode, and second layer 3 relay mode.
  • the PCF determines the relay mode of the relay terminal according to the relay mode authorized by the relay terminal.
  • the relay modes authorized by the relay terminal include: layer 2 relay mode, first layer 3 relay mode, and second layer 3 relay mode. Then it can be determined that the relay modes of the relay terminal include: layer 2 relay mode, first layer 3 relay mode, and second layer 3 relay mode.
  • the PCF determines the relay mode of the relay terminal according to the relay mode supported by the relay terminal and the relay mode authorized by the relay terminal.
  • the relay modes supported by the relay terminal include: layer 2 relay mode, first layer 3 relay mode, and second layer 3 relay mode.
  • the relay modes authorized by the relay terminal include: layer 2 relay mode and second layer 3 relay mode. Then it can be determined that the relay modes of the relay terminal include: a layer 2 relay mode and a second layer 3 relay mode.
  • the PCF may also determine the priority of the corresponding relay mode when there are multiple relay modes of the relay terminal, so that the relay terminal may determine whether to support the first relay mode based on the priority of the relay mode. follow mode.
  • the relay terminal may determine whether to support the first relay mode according to whether the relay mode whose relay mode priority of the relay terminal is higher than a preset threshold is the first relay mode. When the relay mode with a higher priority of the relay mode of the relay terminal is the first relay mode, it is determined that the first relay mode is supported. When the relay mode in which the priority of the relay mode of the relay terminal is higher than the preset threshold does not have the first relay mode, it is determined that the first relay mode is not supported.
  • the preset threshold may be determined based on the capability or power consumption requirements of the relay terminal, or may be determined by using the relay connection between the relay terminal and the remote terminal. For example, when the relay terminal is not connected to any remote terminal When the end terminal establishes a relay, a lower preset threshold may be set, and when the relay terminal establishes a relay with at least one remote terminal, a higher preset threshold may be set, which is not limited herein.
  • the priority of the relay mode of the relay terminal may be determined according to the priority of the authorization mode and the supported relay mode.
  • the priority of the authorization mode is higher than the priority of the supported relay mode, and it may also be determined by Other methods are determined, and details are not described herein again.
  • the second policy information may further include: the priority of the relay mode of the relay terminal.
  • the relay mode of the relay terminal may be expressed as: the identifier of the relay mode of the relay terminal.
  • the second policy information includes: an identifier of the layer 2 relay mode.
  • the relay mode of the relay terminal can be expressed as: the correspondence between the relay mode of the relay terminal and the RSC.
  • the relay mode of the relay terminal when the relay mode of the relay terminal is the layer 2 relay mode, the relay mode of the relay terminal may be expressed as an RSC used to indicate the layer 2 relay mode, and the RSC corresponds to the layer 2 relay mode.
  • the relay mode of the relay terminal when the relay mode of the relay terminal is the first layer 3 relay mode, the relay mode of the relay terminal may be expressed as: an RSC used to indicate the first layer 3 relay mode, and the RSC correspondingly indicates the first layer 3 relay mode. Layer 3 relay mode.
  • the RSC may also be used to indicate the PDU session parameter corresponding to the first layer 3 relay mode, which is not limited here.
  • the relay terminal obtains the second policy information.
  • the second policy information is determined after considering the relay mode supported by the relay terminal or the relay mode authorized by the relay terminal. After whether the policy information includes the first relay mode, it is determined whether the first relay mode is supported.
  • the relay terminal determines, according to the obtained second policy information, that the relay mode of the relay terminal in the second policy information includes a layer 2 relay mode and a first layer 3 relay mode. At this time, in the first relay When the mode is the layer 2 relay mode, it can be determined that the relay terminal supports the first relay mode.
  • the relay terminal may determine whether to support the first relay mode according to whether the acquired second policy information includes the first relay mode and the relay modes supported by the relay terminal.
  • the relay terminal determines that the relay mode of the relay terminal in the second policy information includes the layer 2 relay mode and the first layer 3 relay mode, and the relay terminal determines The relay modes include: the first layer 3 relay mode and the second layer 3 relay mode.
  • the first relay mode is the layer 2 relay mode, it can be determined that the relay terminal does not support the first relay mode.
  • the relay terminal may also send a first response message to the remote terminal, where the first response message is used to respond to the first message, and the first response message includes the second indication information.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the relay terminal supports the first relay mode.
  • the first response message is a discovery response message.
  • the first response message is a direct communication response message.
  • the relay terminal may also respond to the first message to indicate that the relay terminal does not support the first relay mode.
  • the relay terminal may not respond to the first message to implicitly indicate that the relay terminal does not support the first relay mode.
  • the relay terminal may also send a second response message to the remote terminal, where the second response message is used to respond to the second message, and the second response message includes the second response message.
  • the second indication information is used to instruct the relay terminal to support the first relay mode.
  • the response message of the second message is a discovery response message.
  • the response message of the second message is a direct communication response message.
  • the relay terminal may also respond to the second message when determining that the first relay mode is not supported, to indicate that the relay terminal does not support the first relay mode.
  • the relay terminal may not respond to the second message to implicitly indicate that the relay terminal does not support the first relay mode.
  • the present application provides a communication method, including:
  • S601 The PCF sends first policy information to a remote terminal.
  • the PCF may carry the first policy information in the NAS message sent to the remote terminal through the AMF.
  • the PCF sends the first policy information to the remote terminal through the UE configuration update procedure.
  • the PCF sends the first policy information to the remote terminal through the UE configuration update procedure.
  • the remote terminal may also send the relay mode supported by the remote terminal or the relay capability of the remote terminal to the PCF through the AMF (for example, whether to support the layer 2 relay mode or the relay capability of the remote terminal).
  • Layer 3 relay mode For example, the NAS message sent by the remote terminal to the AMF includes the relay mode supported by the remote terminal, and the AMF forwards the relay mode supported by the remote terminal to the PCF.
  • the NAS message may be a registration request message.
  • the AMF can forward the relay mode supported by the remote terminal to the PCF through the UE Policy Control Creation Request message. Therefore, the PCF can determine the first policy information according to the relay mode supported by the remote terminal. For a specific way of determining the first policy information, reference may be made to the foregoing S501 and S502, which will not be repeated here.
  • the first policy information is used to indicate the relay mode of the first application of the remote terminal, and the relay mode of the first application of the remote terminal may include at least one of the following: layer 2 relay mode, first layer 3 relay mode , or the second layer 3 relay mode.
  • the first policy information may further include: the priority of the relay mode of the first application of the remote terminal.
  • the first policy information may further include the correspondence between the RSC and the PDU session parameter.
  • the first policy information includes the layer 2 relay mode, the first layer 3 relay mode, or the second layer 3 relay mode, which may refer to Mode A1 to Mode A2, which will not be repeated here.
  • the remote terminal determines the first relay mode according to the first policy information.
  • the first relay mode is: a layer 2 relay mode, a first layer 3 relay mode, or a second layer 3 relay mode.
  • the PCF may send the second policy information to the relay terminal through the AMF after the relay terminal registers with the network.
  • the PCF may send the second policy information to the relay terminal through the UE configuration update procedure.
  • the relay terminal may also send the relay mode supported by the relay terminal or the relay capability of the relay terminal (such as whether to support layer 2 relay or layer 3 relay) to the PCF through the AMF. relay). Therefore, the PCF can determine the second policy information according to the relay mode supported by the relay terminal.
  • the NAS message sent by the relay terminal to the AMF includes the relay mode supported by the relay terminal, and the AMF forwards the relay mode supported by the relay terminal to the PCF.
  • the NAS message may be a registration request message.
  • the AMF may forward the relay mode supported by the relay terminal to the PCF through the UE Policy Control Creation Request message.
  • the second policy information may include a relay mode of the relay terminal.
  • the relay mode of the relay terminal is at least one of the following: a layer 2 relay mode, a first layer 3 relay mode, or a second layer 3 relay mode.
  • the manner in which the second policy information may include the relay mode of the relay terminal may refer to E1 and E2, which will not be repeated here.
  • the second policy information may further include: the priority of the relay mode of the relay terminal, and optionally, the second policy information may further include the correspondence between RSC and PDU session parameters.
  • S604a The remote terminal sends the first message.
  • the first message includes: information of the first relay mode.
  • the first message of the remote terminal includes an RSC, and the RSC corresponds to the first layer 3 relay mode or the second layer 3 relay mode.
  • the first message may be a discovery message or a direct communication request message.
  • the first message carries the requirement for the first layer 3 relay capability or the second layer 3 relay capability.
  • the first message carries first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the request is being confirmed. Whether the relay terminal supports the first layer 3 relay capability or the second layer 3 relay capability.
  • the second message does not include: RSC.
  • the second message of the remote terminal does not include RSC.
  • a second message is sent, where the second message may be a discovery message or a direct communication request message.
  • S605a The relay terminal sends a first response message to the remote terminal.
  • the relay terminal may determine whether to support the first layer-3 relay mode or the second layer-3 relay mode.
  • the relay terminal determines whether to support the first layer 3 relay mode or the second layer 3 relay mode according to the second policy information.
  • the relay terminal determines whether to support the first layer 3 relay mode or the second layer 3 relay mode according to the second policy information and its own capability.
  • the relay terminal determines whether to support the first layer 3 relay mode or the second layer 3 relay mode according to the first indication information in the first message and its own capability.
  • the relay terminal may send the first response message.
  • the first response message is a discovery response message.
  • the first response message is a direct communication response message.
  • the first response message is a direct communication response message.
  • S605b The relay terminal sends a response message of the second message to the remote terminal.
  • the relay terminal may determine whether to support the layer 2 relay mode.
  • the relay terminal determines whether to support the layer 2 relay mode according to the second policy information.
  • the relay terminal determines whether to support the layer 2 relay mode according to the second policy information and its own capability.
  • the relay terminal determines whether to support the layer 2 relay mode according to the first indication information in the first message and its own capability.
  • the response message for the relay terminal to send the second message may be optional.
  • the second response message is a discovery response message.
  • the second response message is a direct communication response message.
  • the second response message is a direct communication response message.
  • the relay terminal only responds when the relay terminal supports the relay discovery request.
  • the remote terminal uses the first relay mode to transmit the data of the first application.
  • the relay terminal adopts the first relay mode to transmit the data of the first application for the remote terminal.
  • the PCF sends the first policy information of the relay mode selection to the remote terminal, and the PCF can also send the second policy information of the relay mode selection to the relay terminal.
  • the remote terminal determines the first relay mode according to the first policy information, and the relay terminal determines whether to support the first relay mode according to the second policy information, so that the network controls or recommends the relay selected by the remote terminal for different applications. Mode, and then meet the needs of different applications, enabling different relay modes to work together.
  • the first policy information may also include the RSC corresponding to the layer 2 relay mode
  • case 2-1 are used as examples.
  • the first The information of the relay mode may include the RSC corresponding to the layer 2 relay mode.
  • the present application provides a communication method, including:
  • S701 The PCF sends first policy information to a remote terminal.
  • the first policy information may be used to indicate the relay mode of the first application of the remote terminal, and the relay mode of the first application of the remote terminal may include at least one of the following: a layer 2 relay mode, a first layer 3 relay mode Trunk mode, or Layer 3 Trunk mode.
  • the PCF sends the first policy information to the remote terminal through the UE configuration update procedure.
  • the first policy information may include: RSC corresponding to the relay mode of the first application of the remote terminal.
  • the remote terminal determines a first relay mode according to the first policy information.
  • the first relay mode may include at least one of the following: a layer 2 relay mode, a first layer 3 relay mode, or a second layer 3 relay mode.
  • the second policy information may include: RSC corresponding to the relay mode of the relay terminal.
  • PCF may send the second policy information to the relay terminal through the UE configuration update procedure.
  • the first message includes information of the first relay mode.
  • the first message includes the RSC corresponding to the first relay mode.
  • RSC Radio Service Set
  • S705 The relay terminal determines whether to support the first relay mode.
  • the relay terminal determines whether to support the RSC according to the RSC in the second policy information.
  • the relay terminal after the relay terminal determines whether to support the RSC according to the RSC in the second policy information, it can also determine whether to support the relay mode corresponding to the RSC according to its own relay capability.
  • the relay terminal determines whether to support the first relay mode according to the first indication information in the first message and its own capability.
  • the relay terminal sends the first response message.
  • the first response message is a discovery response message.
  • the first response message is a direct communication response message.
  • S706 The remote terminal uses the first relay mode to transmit the data of the first application.
  • the relay terminal adopts the first relay mode to transmit the data of the first application for the remote terminal.
  • the PCF sends the first policy information of the relay mode selection to the remote terminal, and the PCF can also send the second policy information of the relay mode selection to the relay terminal.
  • the remote terminal determines the first relay mode according to the first policy information, and the relay terminal determines whether to support the first relay mode according to the second policy information, so that the network controls or recommends the relay selected by the remote terminal for different applications. Mode, and then meet the needs of different applications, enabling different relay modes to work together.
  • the cell consistency can be maintained (RSC is used), and signaling overhead can also be saved.
  • the remote end in the first policy information may be represented by multiple correspondences.
  • the present application provides a communication method, including:
  • S801 The PCF sends first policy information to a remote terminal.
  • the first policy information includes: the mapping relationship between the first application and the RSC, and the corresponding relationship between the RSC and the relay mode.
  • the first policy information may be used to indicate the relay mode of the first application of the remote terminal, and the relay mode of the first application of the remote terminal may include at least one of the following: a layer 2 relay mode, a first layer 3 relay mode Trunk mode, or Layer 3 Trunk mode.
  • a layer 2 relay mode a first layer 3 relay mode Trunk mode
  • Layer 3 Trunk mode a layer 3 Trunk mode
  • the remote terminal determines the first relay mode according to the first policy information.
  • the first relay mode may include at least one of the following: a layer 2 relay mode, a first layer 3 relay mode, or a second layer 3 relay mode.
  • a layer 2 relay mode a first layer 3 relay mode
  • a second layer 3 relay mode a second layer 3 relay mode.
  • the remote terminal determines the RSC corresponding to the first application according to the correspondence between the first application and the RSC and the first application. And according to the RSC corresponding to the first application and the corresponding relationship between the RSC and the relay mode, it is determined that the relay mode corresponding to the RSC corresponding to the first application is the first relay mode.
  • the RSC may also be determined according to the relay capability of the remote terminal and the priority of the RSC, so as to determine the first relay mode according to the relay mode corresponding to the RSC.
  • the manner in which the second policy information may include the relay mode of the relay terminal may refer to E1 and E2, which will not be repeated here.
  • the second policy information includes: the correspondence between the RSC and the relay mode, and optionally, the second policy information may include: the correspondence between the RSC and the PDU session parameter.
  • the PCF may send the second policy information to the relay terminal through the UE configuration update procedure. For details, refer to the manner in which the PCF sends the second policy information to the relay terminal in manner D2.
  • the first message includes information of the first relay mode.
  • the first message may be a discovery message or a direct communication request message.
  • the information of the first relay mode is the RSC corresponding to the first relay mode.
  • the relay terminal determines, according to the first message, whether to support the first relay mode corresponding to the information of the first relay mode.
  • the relay terminal may determine whether to support the RSC according to whether the second policy information includes the RSC.
  • the relay terminal may determine the relay mode (first relay mode) corresponding to the RSC in the first message according to the second policy information, and determine whether to support the first relay mode according to its own relay capability follow mode.
  • the relay terminal sends the first response message.
  • the first response message is a discovery response message.
  • the first response message is a direct communication response message.
  • S806 The remote terminal uses the first relay mode to transmit the data of the first application.
  • the relay terminal adopts the first relay mode to transmit the data of the first application for the remote terminal.
  • the PCF sends the first policy information of the relay mode selection to the remote terminal, and the PCF can also send the second policy information of the relay mode selection to the relay terminal.
  • the remote terminal determines the first relay mode according to the first policy information, and the relay terminal determines whether to support the first relay mode according to the second policy information, so that the network controls or recommends the relay selected by the remote terminal for different applications. Mode, and then meet the needs of different applications, enabling different relay modes to work together.
  • the first policy information can be flexibly configured.
  • the present application provides a communication method, including:
  • the first policy information may be used to indicate the relay mode of the first application of the remote terminal, and the relay mode of the first application of the remote terminal may include at least one of the following: a layer 2 relay mode, or a layer 3 relay mode. follow mode.
  • the relay mode of the first application of the remote terminal may include at least one of the following: a layer 2 relay mode, or a layer 3 relay mode. follow mode.
  • the PCF sends the first policy information to the remote terminal through the UE configuration update procedure. For details, refer to S501 and S502.
  • the remote terminal determines a first relay mode according to the first policy information.
  • the first relay mode may include at least one of the following: a layer 2 relay mode or a layer 3 relay mode.
  • a layer 2 relay mode or a layer 3 relay mode.
  • S503 for the manner in which the remote terminal determines the first relay mode according to the first policy information.
  • S903 The PCF sends the second policy information to the relay terminal.
  • the second policy information may include the relay mode of the relay terminal.
  • the relay mode of the relay terminal is at least one of the following: a layer 2 relay mode, or a layer 3 relay mode.
  • the PCF may send the second policy information to the relay terminal through the UE configuration update procedure.
  • the PCF may send the second policy information to the relay terminal in manner D2.
  • S904 The relay terminal obtains the information of the first relay mode.
  • the remote terminal may send the first message.
  • the first message includes: information of the first relay mode.
  • the information of the first relay mode is the information of the layer 3 relay mode.
  • the second message is sent with reference to the remote terminal. Wherein, the second message does not include RSC, and is used to implicitly indicate that the first relay mode is the layer 2 relay mode.
  • the remote terminal may send the first message.
  • the first message includes: information of the first relay mode.
  • the information of the first relay mode is the information of the layer 3 relay mode.
  • the information of the first relay mode is information of the layer 2 relay mode.
  • the first message may be a discovery message or a direct communication request message.
  • the first message may be a discovery message or a direct communication request message.
  • S905 The relay terminal determines whether to support the first relay mode.
  • the relay terminal determines whether to support the first relay mode in the first message according to the relay mode of the relay terminal in the second policy information. In another possible implementation manner, after determining whether the information of the first relay mode exists according to the second policy information, the relay terminal can also determine whether to support the information corresponding to the first relay mode according to its own relay capability. relay mode. In another possible implementation manner, the relay terminal determines whether to support the first relay mode according to the first indication information in the first message and its own capability. Optionally, the relay terminal sends the first response message. For example, when the first message is a discovery message, the first response message is a discovery response message. When the first message is a direct communication request message, the first response message is a direct communication response message. For specific implementation manners, reference may be made to manners C1 and S504 in scenario 2.
  • the relay terminal determines whether to support the layer 3 relay mode according to the second policy information. In another possible implementation manner, the relay terminal determines whether to support the layer 3 relay mode according to the second policy information and its own capability.
  • the relay terminal sends the first response message. For example, when the first message is a discovery message, the first response message is a discovery response message. When the first message is a direct communication request message, the first response message is a direct communication response message. For specific implementation manners, reference may be made to manners C1 and S504 in scenario 1.
  • the relay terminal determines whether to support the layer 2 relay mode according to the second policy information. In another possible implementation manner, the relay terminal determines whether to support the layer 2 relay mode according to the second policy information and its own capability. In another possible implementation manner, the relay terminal determines whether to support the layer 2 relay mode according to the first indication information in the first message and its own capability.
  • the relay terminal sends a response message of the second message. For example, when the second message is a discovery message, the response message of the second message is a discovery response message. When the second message is a direct communication request message, the response message of the second message is a direct communication response message. For specific implementation manners, reference may be made to manners C2 and S504.
  • the relay terminal responds to the second message only after the relay terminal supports the relay mode.
  • the remote terminal uses the first relay mode to transmit the data of the first application.
  • the relay terminal adopts the first relay mode to transmit the data of the first application for the remote terminal.
  • the network controls or recommends the relay mode selected by the remote terminal for different applications, thereby meeting the requirements of different applications and enabling the cooperative work of different relay modes.
  • the first layer 3 relay mode and the second layer 3 relay mode are no longer distinguished, which can simplify the first policy information and the second policy information and reduce signaling overhead.
  • FIG. 10 is a flowchart of the method. Take the method applied to the communication system architecture shown in Fig. 1a or Fig. 1b or the application scenario shown in Fig. 1c as an example.
  • the remote terminal can obtain all possible supported relay terminals and supported relay modes by sending the second relay mode, which improves the success rate of the remote terminal in selecting the relay mode.
  • the signaling overhead caused by the failure of subsequent mode determination.
  • the PCF sends first policy information to a remote terminal.
  • the PCF sends the first policy information to the remote terminal through the UE configuration update procedure.
  • the PCF sends the first policy information to the remote terminal through the UE configuration update procedure.
  • S501 and S502 which will not be repeated here.
  • the remote terminal determines a second relay mode according to the first policy information.
  • the second relay mode may be one or more of the relay modes corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal. That is, the second relay mode includes: at least one of layer 2 relay mode or layer 3 relay mode; or, layer 2 relay mode, first layer 3 relay mode, or second layer 3 relay mode at least one of.
  • the remote terminal can obtain all possible supported relay terminals and supported relay modes by sending the second relay mode, so as to avoid the possibility that the remote terminal cannot obtain the supported first relay mode after determining the first relay mode.
  • the relay terminal in the relay mode therefore, the remote terminal needs to initiate the process of discovering the relay terminal again to discover the relay terminal supporting the first relay mode, or the remote terminal needs to update the first relay mode and initiate the process again.
  • the process of discovering the relay terminal is used to discover the relay terminal supporting the first relay mode, which improves the success rate of discovering a suitable relay mode.
  • the remote terminal For the specific method for the remote terminal to determine the second relay mode, you can refer to the method for the remote terminal to determine the first relay mode.
  • the difference between the second relay mode and the first relay mode is that the second relay mode can be a item or multiple items, which will not be repeated here.
  • S1003 The remote terminal sends a second discovery message.
  • the remote terminal may send the second discovery message in a broadcast manner, or may send the second discovery message in a unicast or multicast manner, which is not limited in this application.
  • the second discovery message includes information of the second relay mode.
  • the information of the second relay mode includes at least one of the following items: RSC corresponding to the second relay mode; or, third indication information for indicating the second relay mode.
  • the relay terminal obtains the information of the second relay mode.
  • the relay terminal sends the information of the third relay mode to the remote terminal according to the information of the second relay mode.
  • the third relay mode includes at least one of the second relay modes, and the relay terminal supports the third relay mode.
  • the relay terminal may determine whether to support the second relay mode according to the information of the second relay mode, so as to determine the supported second relay mode as the third relay mode. And according to the information of the second relay mode corresponding to the supported second relay mode, the information of the third relay mode is determined. For example, when the information of the second relay mode includes: the RSC corresponding to the layer 2 relay mode, when the relay terminal determines to support the layer 2 relay mode, the RSC corresponding to the layer 2 relay mode may be used as the third relay mode information.
  • the remote terminal determines the first relay mode according to the information of the third relay mode.
  • the remote terminal may determine the third relay mode according to the information of the third relay mode, thus, in the third relay mode, determine one relay mode as the first relay mode, and correspondingly determine the first relay mode The relay terminal corresponding to the relay mode.
  • the remote terminal uses the first relay mode to transmit the data of the first application.
  • the relay terminal adopts the first relay mode to transmit the data of the first application for the remote terminal.
  • the PCF sends the first policy information of the relay mode selection related to the first application to the remote terminal, and optionally, can also send the second policy information of the relay mode selection to the relay terminal.
  • the remote terminal determines all possible second relay modes according to the first policy information.
  • the remote terminal determines a relay terminal that supports at least one relay mode (third relay mode) in the second relay mode, so as to determine the first relay mode according to the third relay mode.
  • relay mode so that the first relay mode determined by the remote terminal may not have a supported relay terminal, resulting in the remote terminal being unable to quickly access the network, and the first relay mode needs to be updated again.
  • Initiate the process of discovering relay terminals In this embodiment, only one discovery process needs to be sent, that is, a second discovery message is sent once, and multiple discoveries are not required, which effectively saves the signaling overhead and effectively improves the flexibility of the remote terminal in selecting the relay mode. .
  • the remote terminal may determine the second relay mode in multiple ways according to the first policy information, and the following takes the mode G1 and the mode G2 as examples to illustrate.
  • the second relay mode determined by the remote terminal according to the first policy information may be the first relay mode in the above-mentioned FIG. 6-FIG. 9 .
  • the second relay mode may be one of the relay modes corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal.
  • the remote terminal can further confirm whether the adopted first relay mode is the first layer 3 relay mode or the first relay mode according to whether the relay terminal is a trusted terminal.
  • the Layer 2 3 relay mode transmits the data of the first application.
  • the remote terminal can determine multiple relay modes of the first application of the remote terminal according to the first policy information.
  • the remote terminal can The relay mode of the first application of the terminal terminal is used as the second relay mode, and through the process of discovering the relay terminal, the relay terminal that supports the second relay mode is determined, so that the first relay mode is selected, and The relay terminal supporting the first relay mode is helpful for the remote terminal to find a better relay terminal, establish a better relay communication link, and improve the performance of relay communication.
  • Mode F1 the relay terminal determines to support the third relay mode according to the information of the second relay mode and the capability of the relay terminal.
  • the relay terminal for the relay terminal to determine to support the third relay mode according to the information of the second relay mode and the capability of the relay terminal, reference may be made to the mode of determining the support of the first relay mode in mode D1.
  • the relay terminal determines to support the third relay mode according to the information of the second relay mode and the second policy information.
  • the relay terminal determines the mode of supporting the third relay mode according to the information of the second relay mode and the information of the second policy. For reference, in Mode D2, the relay terminal determines the mode of supporting the third relay mode according to the information of the first relay mode and the information of the second policy. The manner of determining to support the first relay mode will not be repeated here.
  • the PCF may send the second policy information to the relay terminal through the UE configuration update procedure.
  • the relay terminal determines to support the third relay mode according to the information of the second relay mode, the second policy information and the capability of the relay terminal.
  • the relay terminal determines the mode of supporting the third relay mode according to the information of the second relay mode, the second policy information and the capability of the relay terminal, and can refer to the information of the relay terminal according to the first relay mode in Mode D2. , the capability of the relay terminal and the second policy information, determine the mode of supporting the first relay mode, and determine the mode of supporting the first relay mode, which will not be repeated here.
  • the relay terminal may also send a second response message to the remote terminal, where the second response message is used to respond to the second discovery message, and the second response message includes: Information about the third relay mode, where the third relay mode includes at least one item of the second relay mode, and the relay terminal supports the third relay mode.
  • the specific manner in which the relay terminal can send the second response message to the remote terminal may refer to the manner of sending the first response message (combination mode C1) or the response message of the second message (combination mode C2) to the remote terminal, which is not described here. Repeat.
  • Mode F1 to Mode F3 and Case 2-2 considering that the Layer 3 relay mode may include the first Layer 3 relay mode and the second Layer 3 relay mode, therefore, consider the data of the first application. In the case of security, it is also possible to determine whether to select the first layer 3 relay mode or the second layer 3 relay mode according to whether the relay terminal is a trusted terminal.
  • the information that the relay terminal sends the third relay mode to the remote terminal may be carried in a second response message, where the second response message is used to respond to the second discovery message.
  • the remote terminal may also request the relay terminal to obtain trusted information of the relay terminal. Therefore, based on the request, the relay terminal can send the reliability information of the relay terminal to the remote terminal, and the reliability information can be used to indicate whether the relay terminal is trustworthy to the remote terminal.
  • the relay terminal may also send the relay terminal's trustworthiness information to the remote terminal, and the trustworthiness information may be used to indicate whether the relay terminal is available to the remote terminal. letter.
  • the trusted information may be the identifier of the relay terminal (for example, the ID of the relay terminal), or may be information such as a digital certificate or a password, so that after receiving the trusted information, the remote terminal can way to determine whether the relay terminal is a trusted terminal, thereby determining whether to use the first layer 3 relay mode or the second layer 3 relay mode to transmit the data of the first application.
  • the remote terminal can establish a relay link in Layer 2 relay mode with the relay terminal to ensure that the remote terminal transmits the first relay through the relay terminal.
  • the security of the app's data is provided.
  • the remote terminal can establish a layer 3 relay mode relay link with the relay terminal to ensure that the remote terminal transmits the data of the first application through the relay terminal. safety.
  • the remote terminal may also determine whether the relay terminal is a trusted terminal according to a list of trusted terminals configured by itself.
  • the list of trusted terminals may be locally generated by the remote terminal itself or acquired from the core network PCF, which is not limited in this application. For example, when it is determined that the relay terminal is in the list of trusted terminals, it can be determined that the relay terminal is a trusted terminal, and when it is determined that the relay terminal is not in the list of trusted terminals, it can be determined that the relay terminal is not in the list of trusted terminals.
  • the terminal is an untrusted terminal.
  • the remote terminal when the remote terminal receives the second response message from the relay terminal, the remote terminal can obtain the third relay mode. Therefore, the remote terminal can determine the first relay mode according to the third relay mode. For example, if the remote terminal receives multiple second response messages returned by multiple relay terminals, the multiple second response messages returned by the multiple relay terminals of the remote terminal and the intermediate corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal According to the priority of the relay mode, the relay terminal with the highest priority and the relay mode with the highest priority are determined, so that the relay terminal and the first relay mode for transmitting the data of the first application can be determined.
  • the second response message 1 returned by the determination relay terminal 1 includes: supporting the layer 2 relay mode.
  • the second response message 2 returned by the relay terminal 2 includes: supporting the first layer 3 relay mode.
  • the second response message 3 returned by the relay terminal 3 includes: the first layer 3 relay mode is supported, and the second layer 3 relay mode is supported.
  • the priority of the remote terminal according to the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal is in descending order: layer 2 relay mode, first layer 2 relay mode, second layer 2 relay mode model. It may be determined that the relay terminal 1 is selected as the relay terminal for transmitting the data of the first application, and the first relay mode is the layer 2 relay mode.
  • the remote terminal may also determine the relay terminal and the first relay mode for transmitting the data of the first application according to other conditions, which is not limited in this application.
  • the first relay mode is the first layer 3 relay mode or the second layer 3 relay mode according to whether the relay terminal is a trusted terminal. follow mode.
  • determining the second response message 1 returned by the relay terminal 1 includes: supporting the layer 2 relay mode.
  • the second response message 2 returned by the relay terminal 2 includes: supporting the first layer 3 relay mode.
  • the second response message 3 returned by the relay terminal 3 includes: the first layer 3 relay mode is supported, and the second layer 3 relay mode is supported.
  • the remote terminal selects the relay terminal 3 as the relay terminal for transmitting the data of the first application.
  • the second response message of the relay terminal 3 further includes: trusted information of the relay terminal 3 .
  • the remote terminal can determine whether the first relay mode is the first layer 3 relay mode or the second layer 3 relay mode according to the trusted information of the relay terminal 3 .
  • the remote terminal can also determine whether the relay terminal 3 is a trusted terminal according to the list of trusted terminals determined by itself, thereby , and determine whether the first relay mode is the first layer-3 relay mode or the second layer-3 relay mode.
  • the first relay mode may be determined according to the relay modes supported by multiple second response messages, and then the relay terminal corresponding to the first relay mode may be determined.
  • the received multiple second response messages all indicate that the layer 2 relay mode is supported, and the first relay mode is determined to be the layer 2 relay mode.
  • further selection of the relay terminal may be performed according to other conditions, for example, the relay terminal with the best channel quality is selected as the relay terminal for transmitting the data of the first application.
  • the remote terminal may determine that the first relay mode is the layer 3 relay mode.
  • the remote terminal may further determine whether the first relay mode is the first layer 3 relay mode or the second layer 3 relay mode according to the trusted information returned by the relay terminal.
  • the remote terminal may preferentially select a trusted relay terminal, and correspondingly select the second layer 3 relay mode, so as to simplify the complexity of the relay and obtain better service continuity. In the absence of a trusted relay terminal, the remote terminal can select the first layer 3 relay mode.
  • the second response message indicates that the first layer 3 relay mode and the second layer 3 relay mode are supported.
  • the remote terminal may determine the first relay mode according to the priority of the layer 3 relay mode in the first policy information or the locally configured priority. For example, if the local configuration priority is the second layer 3 relay mode priority, it can be determined that the first relay mode is the second layer 3 relay mode.
  • the remote terminal selects the layer 3 relay mode and the relay terminal supports the layer 3 relay mode, the remote terminal can also select the first layer 3 relay mode or the second layer 3 relay according to whether the relay terminal is trusted model.
  • the present application provides a communication method, including:
  • the first policy information may be used to indicate the relay mode of the first application of the remote terminal, and the relay mode of the first application of the remote terminal may include at least one of the following: a layer 2 relay mode, or a layer 3 relay mode. follow mode.
  • the relay mode of the first application of the remote terminal may include at least one of the following: a layer 2 relay mode, or a layer 3 relay mode. follow mode.
  • the PCF sends the first policy information to the remote terminal through the UE configuration update procedure. For details, please refer to S501 and S502.
  • the remote terminal determines the second relay mode according to the first policy information.
  • the second relay mode may include at least one of the following: a layer 2 relay mode or a layer 3 relay mode.
  • a layer 2 relay mode or a layer 3 relay mode.
  • S1103 The remote terminal sends a second discovery message to the relay terminal.
  • the relay terminal may obtain the information of the second relay mode through the second discovery message sent by the remote terminal. That is, the second discovery message includes: the information of the second relay mode.
  • the second relay mode includes at least one of a layer 2 relay mode or a layer 3 relay mode. For details, please refer to S1003.
  • S1104 The relay terminal determines whether the second relay mode is supported, and sends a second response message to the remote terminal.
  • the second response message includes information of the third relay mode.
  • the second response message may further include: trusted information of the relay terminal.
  • trusted information For a specific manner in which the trusted information can be sent, reference may be made to S1004.
  • the PCF may provide the relay terminal with the second policy information.
  • the second policy information may include the relay mode of the relay terminal.
  • the relay mode of the relay terminal is at least one of the following: a layer 2 relay mode, or a layer 3 relay mode.
  • the PCF may send the second policy information to the relay terminal through the UE configuration update procedure. For details, refer to the manner in which the PCF sends the second policy information to the relay terminal in manner D2.
  • the relay terminal determines whether to support the first relay mode in the first message according to the relay mode of the relay terminal in the second policy information. In another possible implementation manner, after the relay terminal determines whether the information of the first relay mode exists according to the second policy information, it can also determine whether to support the information corresponding to the first relay mode according to its own relay capability. relay mode. In another possible implementation manner, the relay terminal determines whether to support the first relay mode according to the first indication information in the first message and its own capability. Optionally, the relay terminal sends the first response message. For example, when the first message is a discovery message, the first response message is a discovery response message. When the first message is a direct communication request message, the first response message is a direct communication response message. For specific implementation manners, reference may be made to manners C1 and S504 in scenario 2.
  • the relay terminal determines whether to support the layer 3 relay mode or the second layer 3 relay mode according to the second policy information. In another possible implementation manner, the relay terminal determines whether to support the layer 3 relay mode according to the second policy information and its own capability. In another possible implementation manner, the relay terminal determines whether to support the layer 3 relay mode or the layer 3 relay mode according to the first indication information in the first message and its own capability.
  • the relay terminal sends the first response message. For example, when the first message is a discovery message, the first response message is a discovery response message. When the first message is a direct communication request message, the first response message is a direct communication response message. For specific implementation manners, reference may be made to manners C1 and S504 in scenario 1.
  • the relay terminal determines whether to support the layer 2 relay mode according to the second policy information. In another possible implementation manner, the relay terminal determines whether to support the layer 2 relay mode according to the second policy information and its own capability. In another possible implementation manner, the relay terminal determines whether to support the layer 2 relay mode according to the first indication information in the first message and its own capability.
  • the relay terminal sends a response message of the second message. For example, when the second message is a discovery message, the response message of the second message is a discovery response message. When the second message is a direct communication request message, the response message of the second message is a direct communication response message. For specific implementation manners, reference may be made to manners C2 and S504.
  • the relay terminal responds to the second message only after the relay terminal supports the relay mode.
  • S1105 The remote terminal determines the first relay mode according to the third relay mode in the second response message.
  • the remote terminal may also determine that the first relay mode is the first layer 3 relay mode according to the trusted information in the second response message The relay mode is still the second layer 3 relay mode. For details, please refer to S1005.
  • S1106 The remote terminal uses the first relay mode to transmit the data of the first application.
  • the relay terminal adopts the first relay mode to transmit the data of the first application for the remote terminal.
  • the network can control or recommend the relay mode selected by the remote terminal for different applications, which can include the layer 2 relay mode or the layer 3 relay mode, so as to meet the needs of different applications and enable different relays
  • the overhead of the first policy information and the second policy information is reduced while the modes work together.
  • the remote terminal selects the layer 3 relay mode or the second layer 3 relay mode according to whether the relay terminal is trusted, which improves the flexibility of determining the relay mode.
  • the remote terminal may send a discovery message to multiple relay terminals, and the discovery message carries the information of the second relay mode.
  • the relay terminal sends the information of the second relay mode, the relay terminal determines the supported third relay mode according to the obtained information of the second relay mode, and returns the supported third relay mode to the remote terminal, so that The remote terminal determines the first relay mode according to the third relay mode returned by the relay terminal, which effectively improves the success rate of the remote terminal in selecting the relay mode and improves the flexibility of selecting the relay mode.
  • the present application provides a communication method, including:
  • the PCF sends the first policy information to the remote terminal through the UE configuration update process.
  • the remote terminal determines the second relay mode according to the first policy information.
  • the PCF may send the second policy information to the relay terminal through the UE configuration update process.
  • S1203 The remote terminal sends a second discovery message.
  • the remote terminal may send the second discovery message in a broadcast manner, or may send the second discovery message in a unicast or multicast manner, which is not limited in this application.
  • the second discovery message includes at least one of the following: a layer 2 relay capability and a layer 3 relay capability; or, the second discovery message includes at least one of the following: a layer 2 relay capability, a first layer 3 relay capability Relay capability and Layer 3 relay capability.
  • the second discovery message includes at least one of the following: an RSC in the layer 3 relay mode, and an RSC corresponding to the layer 2 relay mode; or, the second discovery message includes at least one of the following: in the first layer 3 The RSC in the relay mode, the RSC in the second layer 3 relay mode, and the RSC corresponding to the layer 2 relay mode;
  • the second discovery message includes at least one of the following: the layer 2 relay capability and the RSC corresponding to the layer 3 relay mode.
  • the second discovery message includes at least one of the following: layer 2 relay capability, RSC corresponding to the first layer 3 relay mode, or RSC corresponding to the second layer 3 relay mode.
  • the remote terminal can simultaneously discover all possible relay terminals supporting the second relay mode, and can more flexibly select the first relay mode and the relay terminals corresponding to the first relay mode.
  • S1204 The remote terminal obtains multiple second response messages returned by multiple relay terminals.
  • the relay terminal sends the information of the third relay mode to the remote terminal according to the information of the second relay mode in the second discovery message.
  • the third relay mode includes at least one of the second relay modes, and the relay terminal supports the third relay mode.
  • the second response message may further include trusted information of the relay terminal. For details, refer to S1004, which will not be repeated here.
  • the second response message may include: third indication information for indicating a relay mode supported by the relay terminal.
  • the second response message may further include trusted information when the relay terminal supports the layer 3 relay mode.
  • the second response message may include: RSC corresponding to the relay mode supported by the relay terminal.
  • the second response message may further include trusted information when the relay terminal supports the layer 3 relay mode.
  • the second response message may include: third indication information for indicating the relay mode supported by the relay terminal and RSC corresponding to the relay mode supported by the relay terminal.
  • the second response message may further include trusted information when the relay terminal supports the layer 3 relay mode.
  • the remote terminal determines the first relay mode according to the plurality of second response messages.
  • the first relay mode is determined to be the layer 2 relay mode. Further, further selection of the relay terminal may be performed according to other conditions, for example, the relay terminal with the best channel quality is selected as the relay terminal for transmitting the data of the first application.
  • the second response message indicates that the first layer 3 relay mode and the second layer 3 relay mode are supported.
  • the remote terminal may determine the first relay mode according to the priority of the layer 3 relay mode in the first policy information or the locally configured priority. For example, if the local configuration priority is the second layer 3 relay mode priority, it can be determined that the first relay mode is the second layer 3 relay mode.
  • the relay mode is selected according to priorities of different relay modes in the first policy information or locally configured priorities.
  • the local configuration priority may be layer 2 relay mode priority.
  • S1206 The remote terminal uses the first relay mode to transmit the data of the first application.
  • the relay terminal adopts the first relay mode to transmit the data of the first application for the remote terminal.
  • the PCF sends the first policy information of the relay mode selection to the remote terminal, and optionally, the PCF may also send the relay mode selection second policy information to the relay terminal.
  • the remote terminal may determine the second relay mode according to the first policy information.
  • the remote terminal carries the information of the second relay mode, and can determine the relay terminal that supports at least one relay mode in the second relay mode.
  • a relay terminal in at least one relay mode in the relay modes then determine the first relay mode, and determine the relay terminal accordingly.
  • the remote terminal cannot find the corresponding relay terminal after determining the relay mode with high priority, and then finds the relay terminal corresponding to the relay mode with low priority.
  • the priority of the relay mode is discovered many times, which effectively saves the signaling overhead and the flexibility of selecting the relay mode.
  • each device may include corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for performing each function.
  • the embodiments of the present application can be implemented in hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software in conjunction with the units and algorithm steps of each example described in the embodiments disclosed herein. Whether a function is performed by hardware or by computer software driving hardware depends on the specific application of the technical solution and the constraints of the realization mode. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each particular application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
  • the device may be divided into functional units according to the foregoing method examples.
  • each functional unit may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated units may be implemented in the form of hardware, or may be implemented in the form of software functional units.
  • FIG. 13 shows a possible exemplary block diagram of the apparatus involved in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 1300 may include: a sending module 1301 , a processing module 1302 and a receiving module 1303 .
  • the processing module 1302 is used to control and manage the actions of the device 1300 .
  • the receiving module 1303 is used to support the communication between the apparatus 1300 and other devices.
  • the receiving module 1303 and the sending module 1301 may also be one module (transceiver module), and this module may be used to perform receiving and sending operations.
  • the apparatus 1300 may further include a storage module for storing program codes and/or data of the apparatus 1300 .
  • the apparatus 1300 may be the remote terminal in the foregoing embodiment, or may also be a chip provided in the remote terminal.
  • the processing module 1302 can support the apparatus 1300 to perform the actions of the relay terminal in the above method examples.
  • the processing module 1302 mainly performs the internal actions of the relay terminal in the method example, and the receiving module 1303 may support the communication between the apparatus 1300 and other devices.
  • the receiving module 1303 is configured to receive the first policy information from the policy control function network element, where the first policy information includes the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal;
  • the processing module 1302 is configured to transmit the data of the first application in the first relay mode according to the first policy information.
  • the processing module 1302 is specifically configured to: determine the first relay mode according to the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal.
  • the first policy information further includes: the priority of the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal;
  • the processing module 1302 is specifically configured to: determine the first relay mode according to the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal and the priority of the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal.
  • the apparatus further includes: a sending module 1301; before the receiving module 1303 receives the first policy information from the policy control function network element, the sending module 1301 is further configured to send the remote terminal support to the policy control function network element relay mode.
  • the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal includes:
  • At least one of Layer 2 relay mode, or Layer 3 relay mode At least one of Layer 2 relay mode, or Layer 3 relay mode; or,
  • the first relay mode is:
  • Layer 2 relay mode or Layer 3 relay mode; or,
  • Layer 2 relay mode first layer 3 relay mode, or second layer 3 relay mode.
  • the sending module 1301 is further configured to send a first message, where the first message includes information of the first relay mode.
  • the information of the first relay mode includes at least one of the following: an RSC corresponding to the first relay mode; or, first indication information used to indicate the first relay mode.
  • the receiving module 1303 is further configured to receive a first response message from the relay terminal, the first response message is used to respond to the first message, the first response message contains second indication information, and the second indication information It is used to instruct the relay terminal to support the first relay mode.
  • the first relay mode is a layer 2 relay mode
  • the sending module 1301 is also used to send a second message
  • the second message does not include RSC
  • the second message is a discovery message or a direct communication request DCR message.
  • the processing module 1302 is specifically configured to: determine a second relay mode according to the first policy information, where the second relay mode is one of the relay modes corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal or more; according to the second relay mode, determine the first relay mode.
  • the sending module 1301 is further configured to send a second discovery message, where the second discovery message includes information about the second relay mode;
  • the receiving module 1303 is further configured to receive a second response message from the relay terminal, where the second response message is used to respond to the second discovery message, and the second response message includes information of the third relay mode, and the third relay mode includes the third relay mode. At least one of the two relay modes, and the relay terminal supports the third relay mode.
  • the information of the second relay mode includes at least one of the following:
  • RSC corresponding to the second relay mode; or, third indication information for indicating the second relay mode.
  • the processing module 1302 is specifically configured to: determine the first relay mode according to the information of the third relay mode.
  • the second response message further includes: trusted information of the relay terminal, where the trusted information is used to indicate whether the relay terminal is trustworthy to the remote terminal;
  • the processing module 1302 is specifically configured to: when the third relay mode is the layer 3 relay mode, according to the trusted information of the relay terminal, determine that the first relay mode is the first layer 3 relay mode or the second layer 3 relay mode.
  • the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal may further include: the correspondence between the relay mode and the RSC, and the correspondence between the RSC and the first application.
  • FIG. 14 shows a possible exemplary block diagram of the apparatus involved in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 1400 may include: an obtaining module 1404 , a sending module 1401 , a processing module 1402 and a receiving module 1403 .
  • the processing module 1402 is used to control and manage the actions of the device 1400 .
  • the receiving module 1403 is used to support the communication between the apparatus 1400 and other devices.
  • the receiving module 1403 and the sending module 1401 can also be one module (for example, a transceiver module), and the module can be used to perform receiving and sending operations.
  • the obtaining module 1404 can also be integrated with the transceiver module, or can be set separately from the transceiver module, and is used to perform the operations of receiving and sending.
  • the obtaining module 1404 can also be used to obtain the data of the processing module 1402 .
  • the apparatus 1400 may further include a storage module for storing program codes and/or data of the apparatus 1400 .
  • the apparatus 1400 may be the relay terminal in the foregoing embodiment, or may also be a chip provided in the relay terminal.
  • the processing module 1402 can support the apparatus 1400 to perform the actions of the relay terminal in each method example above.
  • the processing module 1402 mainly performs the internal actions of the relay terminal in the method example, and the receiving module 1403 may support the communication between the apparatus 1400 and other devices.
  • the obtaining module 1404 is used to obtain the information of the first relay mode, and the first relay mode is used for the remote terminal to transmit the data of the first application;
  • the processing module 1402 is configured to transmit the data of the first application for the remote terminal in the first relay mode.
  • the first relay mode is:
  • Layer 2 relay mode or Layer 3 relay mode; or,
  • Layer 2 relay mode first layer 3 relay mode, or second layer 3 relay mode
  • the first layer 3 relay mode is a layer 3 relay mode using non-3GPP interworking function network elements
  • the second layer 3 relay mode is a layer 3 relay mode not using non-3GPP interworking function network elements.
  • the obtaining module 1404 is configured to receive the first message from the remote terminal through the receiving module 1403, where the first message includes the information of the first relay mode.
  • the information of the first relay mode includes: RSC corresponding to the first relay mode; or, first indication information used to indicate the first relay mode.
  • the sending module 1401 is configured to send a first response message to the remote terminal, the first response message is used to respond to the first message, the first response message contains second indication information, and the second indication information is used for Indicates that the relay terminal supports the first relay mode.
  • the first relay mode is a layer 2 relay mode
  • the receiving module 1403 is further configured to receive a second message from a remote terminal, the second message does not include RSC, and the second message is a discovery message or DCR message.
  • the receiving module 1403 is further configured to receive the second policy information from the policy control function network element, where the second policy information includes the relay mode of the relay terminal; the relay mode of the relay terminal includes the first relay mode.
  • the processing module 1402 is configured to determine that the relay terminal supports the first relay mode according to the relay mode supported by the relay terminal.
  • the receiving module 1403 is further configured to receive the second policy information from the network element of the policy control function, receive the discovery message of the remote terminal, and the first The second policy information includes the relay mode of the relay terminal, and the discovery message carries the information of the second relay mode;
  • the processing module 1402 is configured to send the information of the third relay mode to the remote terminal through the sending module 1401 according to the second policy information and the information of the second relay mode, where the third relay mode includes the information of the third relay mode in the second relay mode. at least one item, and the relay terminal supports the third relay mode.
  • the processing module 1402 before the processing module 1402 sends the information of the third relay mode to the remote terminal through the sending module 1401 according to the second policy information and the information of the second relay mode, the processing module 1402 is further configured to: The information of the second relay mode, the second policy information and the capability of the relay terminal determine that the third relay mode is supported.
  • the second relay mode includes: at least one of a layer 2 relay mode or a layer 3 relay mode; or, a layer 2 relay mode, a first layer 3 relay mode, or a layer 3 relay mode. At least one of the Layer 2 3 relay modes.
  • the information of the second relay mode includes at least one of the following items: RSC corresponding to the second relay mode; or, third indication information for indicating the second relay mode.
  • the processing module 1402 is further configured to: when the second relay mode includes a layer 3 relay mode and the relay device supports the layer 3 relay mode, send the relay to the remote terminal through the sending module 1401
  • the trusted information of the terminal is used to indicate whether the relay terminal is trustworthy to the remote terminal.
  • the relay mode of the relay terminal is the relay mode that the relay terminal is allowed to use, or the relay mode that the relay terminal is authorized to use.
  • the sending module 1401 before sending the second policy information to the relay terminal, is further configured to send the relay mode supported by the relay terminal to the policy control function network element.
  • the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal may further include: the correspondence between the relay mode and the RSC, and the correspondence between the RSC and the first application.
  • the relay mode of the relay terminal may further include: a correspondence between the relay mode and the RSC.
  • FIG. 15 shows a possible exemplary block diagram of the apparatus involved in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 1500 may include: an obtaining module 1504 , a sending module 1501 , a processing module 1502 and a receiving module 1503 .
  • the processing module 1502 is used to control and manage the actions of the apparatus 1500 .
  • the receiving module 1503 is used to support the communication between the apparatus 1500 and other devices.
  • the receiving module 1503 and the sending module 1501 may also be one module (eg, a transceiver module), and this module may be used to perform receiving and sending operations.
  • the obtaining module 1504 may also be integrated with the transceiver module, or may be set separately from the transceiver module, for performing the operations of receiving and sending.
  • the obtaining module 1504 may also be used to obtain the data of the processing module 1502 .
  • the apparatus 1500 may further include a storage module for storing program codes and/or data of the apparatus 1500 .
  • the apparatus 1500 may be a core network device (eg, a policy control function network element) in the foregoing embodiments, or may also be a chip set in the core network device (eg, a policy control function network element).
  • the processing module 1502 can support the apparatus 1500 to perform the actions of the policy control function network element in each method example above.
  • the processing module 1502 mainly executes the internal actions of the network element of the policy control function in the method example, and the receiving module 1503 may support the communication between the apparatus 1500 and other devices.
  • the obtaining module 1504 is configured to obtain a fourth relay mode, where the fourth relay mode includes at least one of the following: a relay mode corresponding to the first application, a relay mode supported by a remote terminal, or a remote terminal. The relay mode authorized by the terminal;
  • the processing module 1502 is configured to send first policy information to the remote terminal through the sending module 1501 according to the fourth relay mode, where the first policy information includes the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal, and the first policy information of the remote terminal.
  • a relay mode corresponding to an application is used for the remote terminal to transmit data of the first application.
  • the apparatus further includes a receiving module 1503. Before the sending module 1501 sends the first policy information to the remote terminal,
  • the obtaining module 1504 is used for receiving the relay mode supported by the remote terminal from the remote terminal through the receiving module 1503, and/or,
  • the obtaining module 1504 is configured to receive, through the receiving module 1503, the relay mode authorized by the remote terminal from the UDR network element of the unified database.
  • the processing module 1502 is specifically configured to: determine the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal according to the relay mode supported by the remote terminal and/or the relay mode authorized by the remote terminal.
  • the first policy information further includes: the priority of the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal.
  • the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal includes:
  • At least one of Layer 2 relay mode, or Layer 3 relay mode At least one of Layer 2 relay mode, or Layer 3 relay mode; or,
  • the obtaining module 1504 is further configured to obtain a fifth relay mode, where the fifth relay mode includes at least one of the following: a relay mode supported by the relay terminal, or a relay mode authorized by the relay terminal ;
  • the processing module 1502 is further configured to send second policy information to the relay terminal through the sending module 1501 according to the fifth relay mode, where the second policy information includes the relay mode of the relay terminal.
  • the obtaining module 1504 is configured to obtain a fifth relay mode, where the fifth relay mode includes at least one of the following: a relay mode supported by the relay terminal, or a relay mode authorized by the relay terminal;
  • the processing module 1502 is configured to send second policy information to the relay terminal through the sending module 1501 according to the fifth relay mode, where the second policy information includes the relay mode of the relay terminal.
  • the obtaining module 1504 is used to receive the relay mode supported by the relay terminal from the relay terminal through the receiving module 1503, and/or the obtaining module 1504 is used to receive the data from the unified database through the receiving module 1503.
  • the processing module 1502 is configured to: determine the relay mode of the relay terminal according to the relay mode supported by the relay terminal and/or the relay mode authorized by the relay terminal.
  • the second policy information further includes: the priority of the relay mode of the relay terminal.
  • the relay mode of the relay terminal includes: at least one of a layer 2 relay mode or a layer 3 relay mode; or, a layer 2 relay mode, a first layer 3 relay mode, or at least one of Layer 3 Relay Mode.
  • the relay mode corresponding to the first application of the remote terminal may further include: the correspondence between the relay mode and the RSC, and the correspondence between the RSC and the first application.
  • the relay mode of the relay terminal may further include: a correspondence between the relay mode and the RSC.
  • each unit in the above apparatus can be realized in the form of software calling through the processing element; also can all be realized in the form of hardware; some units can also be realized in the form of software calling through the processing element, and some units can be realized in the form of hardware.
  • each unit can be a separately established processing element, or can be integrated in a certain chip of the device to be implemented, and can also be stored in the memory in the form of a program, which can be called by a certain processing element of the device and execute the unit's processing. Function.
  • each operation of the above method or each of the above units may be implemented by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor element or implemented in the form of software being invoked by the processing element.
  • a unit in any of the above apparatuses may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above methods, eg, one or more application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), or, one or more Multiple microprocessors (digital singnal processors, DSPs), or, one or more field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuit forms.
  • ASICs application specific integrated circuits
  • DSPs digital singnal processors
  • FPGAs field programmable gate arrays
  • a unit in the apparatus can be implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler
  • the processing element can be a processor, such as a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), or other processors that can invoke programs.
  • these units can be integrated together and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC).
  • SOC system-on-a-chip
  • the above unit for receiving is an interface circuit of the device for receiving signals from other devices.
  • the receiving unit is an interface circuit used by the chip to receive signals from other chips or devices.
  • the above unit for sending is an interface circuit of the device for sending signals to other devices.
  • the sending unit is an interface circuit used by the chip to send signals to other chips or devices.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application, which may be a remote terminal, a relay terminal, etc. in the above embodiment, and is used to implement the operations of each device in the above embodiment.
  • the terminal device includes: an antenna 1610 , a radio frequency part 1620 , and a signal processing part 1630 .
  • the antenna 1610 is connected to the radio frequency part 1620 .
  • the radio frequency part 1620 receives the information sent by the network device through the antenna 1610, and sends the information sent by the network device to the signal processing part 1630 for processing.
  • the signal processing part 1630 processes the information of the terminal equipment and sends it to the radio frequency part 1620
  • the radio frequency part 1620 processes the information of the terminal equipment and sends it to the network equipment through the antenna 1610.
  • the signal processing part 1630 may include a modulation and demodulation subsystem, which is used to implement the processing of each communication protocol layer of the data; it may also include a central processing subsystem, which is used to implement the processing of the terminal device operating system and the application layer; in addition, it can also Including other subsystems, such as multimedia subsystem, peripheral subsystem, etc., wherein the multimedia subsystem is used to realize the control of the terminal equipment camera, screen display, etc., and the peripheral subsystem is used to realize the connection with other devices.
  • the modem subsystem can be a separate chip.
  • the modem subsystem may include one or more processing elements 1631, including, for example, a host CPU and other integrated circuits.
  • the modulation and demodulation subsystem may also include a storage element 1632 and an interface circuit 1633 .
  • the storage element 1632 is used for storing data and programs, but the program for executing the method performed by the terminal device in the above method may not be stored in the storage element 1632, but in a memory outside the modulation and demodulation subsystem, When used, the modem subsystem is loaded for use.
  • Interface circuitry 1633 is used to communicate with other subsystems.
  • the modulation and demodulation subsystem can be implemented by a chip, the chip includes at least one processing element and an interface circuit, wherein the processing element is used to execute each step of any one of the methods performed by the above terminal equipment, and the interface circuit is used to communicate with other devices.
  • the modules for the terminal device to implement the steps in the above method may be implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler.
  • an apparatus for a terminal device includes a processing element and a storage element, and the processing element calls the program stored in the storage element to Execute the method executed by the terminal device in the above method embodiments.
  • the storage element may be a storage element on the same chip as the processing element, ie, an on-chip storage element.
  • the program for executing the method performed by the terminal device in the above method may be in a storage element on a different chip from the processing element, that is, an off-chip storage element.
  • the processing element calls or loads the program from the off-chip storage element to the on-chip storage element, so as to call and execute the method performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiments.
  • the modules for the terminal device to implement each step in the above method may be configured as one or more processing elements, and these processing elements are provided on the modulation and demodulation subsystem, where the processing elements may be integrated circuits, For example: one or more ASICs, or, one or more DSPs, or, one or more FPGAs, or a combination of these types of integrated circuits. These integrated circuits can be integrated together to form chips.
  • the modules of the terminal device implementing each step in the above method can be integrated together and implemented in the form of an SOC, and the SOC chip is used to implement the above method.
  • At least one processing element and a storage element may be integrated in the chip, and the method executed by the above terminal device may be implemented in the form of a stored program of the storage element being invoked by the processing element; or, at least one integrated circuit may be integrated in the chip to implement the above terminal.
  • the above apparatus for a terminal device may include at least one processing element and an interface circuit, where the at least one processing element is configured to execute any method performed by the terminal device provided in the above method embodiments.
  • the processing element can execute part or all of the steps performed by the terminal device in the first way: by calling the program stored in the storage element; or in the second way: by combining the instructions with the integrated logic circuit of the hardware in the processor element Part or all of the steps performed by the terminal device may be performed in the manner of the first method; of course, some or all of the steps performed by the terminal device may also be performed in combination with the first manner and the second manner.
  • the processing elements here are the same as those described above, which may be implemented by a processor, and the functions of the processing elements may be the same as those of the processing modules described in FIG. 13 or FIG. 14 .
  • the processing element may be a general-purpose processor, such as a CPU, or may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above methods, such as: one or more ASICs, or, one or more microprocessors, DSPs , or, one or more FPGAs, etc., or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuit forms.
  • the storage element may be implemented by a memory, and the function of the storage element may be the same as that of the storage module described in FIG. 13 or FIG. 14 .
  • the storage element may be implemented by a memory, and the function of the storage element may be the same as that of the storage module described in FIG. 13 or FIG. 14 .
  • the storage element can be one memory or a collective term for multiple memories.
  • the terminal device shown in FIG. 16 can implement various processes of the remote terminal or the relay terminal involved in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the operations and/or functions of each module in the terminal device shown in FIG. 16 are respectively to implement the corresponding processes of the remote terminal or the relay terminal in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of a communication apparatus provided in an embodiment of the present application, which is used to implement the operations of the access network device or the policy control function network element in the above embodiment.
  • the communication apparatus includes: a processor 1710 and an interface 1730 , and optionally, the communication apparatus further includes a memory 1720 .
  • the interface 1730 is used to enable communication with other devices.
  • the method performed by the access network device or the policy control function network element may be invoked by the processor 1710 in the memory (which may be the memory 1720 in the access network device or the policy control function network element, or may be an external memory) stored procedures.
  • the apparatus for an access network device or a policy control function network element may include a processor 1710, and the processor 1710 executes the access network device or the policy control function network in the above method embodiments by invoking a program in the memory Meta execution method.
  • the processor here may be an integrated circuit with signal processing capability, such as a CPU.
  • the means for access network equipment or policy control function network elements may be implemented by one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above methods. For example: one or more ASICs, or, one or more microprocessor DSPs, or, one or more FPGAs, etc., or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuit forms. Alternatively, the above implementations may be combined.
  • the function/implementation process of the processing module 1310 in FIG. 15 can be implemented by the processor 1710 in the communication device 1700 shown in FIG. 17 calling the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory 1720, and the sending module 1501 ⁇
  • the function/implementation process of the receiving module 1503 and/or the obtaining module 1504 may be implemented through the interface 1730 in the communication device 1700 shown in FIG. 17 .
  • the above-mentioned embodiments it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof.
  • software it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, all or part of the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application are generated.
  • the computer may be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions may be stored on or transmitted from one computer readable storage medium to another computer readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transmitted over a wire from a website site, computer, server or data center (eg coaxial cable, fiber optic, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (eg infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) to another website site, computer, server or data center.
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server, data center, etc. that includes one or more available media integrated.
  • the available media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes), optical media (eg, DVDs), or semiconductor media (eg, solid state disks (SSDs)), and the like.
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, or alternatively, the general-purpose processor may be any conventional processor, controller, microcontroller, or state machine.
  • a processor may also be implemented by a combination of computing devices, such as a digital signal processor and a microprocessor, multiple microprocessors, one or more microprocessors in combination with a digital signal processor core, or any other similar configuration. accomplish.
  • a software unit executed by a processor, or a combination of the two.
  • Software units can be stored in random access memory (RAM), flash memory, read-only memory (ROM), EPROM memory, EEPROM memory, registers, hard disk, removable disk, CD-ROM or this In any other form of storage media in the field.
  • RAM random access memory
  • ROM read-only memory
  • EPROM EPROM memory
  • EEPROM memory EEPROM memory
  • registers hard disk, removable disk, CD-ROM or this
  • a storage medium may be coupled to the processor such that the processor may read information from, and store information in, the storage medium.
  • the storage medium can also be integrated into the processor.
  • the processor and storage medium may be provided in the ASIC.
  • the foregoing functions described in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented in hardware, software, firmware, or any combination of the three. If implemented in software, the functions may be stored on, or transmitted over, a computer-readable medium in the form of one or more instructions or code.
  • Computer-readable media includes computer storage media and communication media that facilitate the transfer of a computer program from one place to another. Storage media can be any available media that a general-purpose or special-purpose computer can access.
  • Such computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to, RAM, ROM, EEPROM, CD-ROM or other optical disk storage, magnetic disk storage or other magnetic storage devices, or any other device that can be used to carry or store instructions or data structures and Other media in the form of program code that can be read by a general-purpose or special-purpose computer, or a general-purpose or special-purpose processor.
  • any connection is properly defined as a computer-readable medium, for example, if software is transmitted from a website site, server or other remote source over a coaxial cable, fiber optic computer, twisted pair, digital subscriber line (DSL) Or transmitted by wireless means such as infrared, wireless, and microwave are also included in the definition of computer-readable media.
  • DSL digital subscriber line
  • the discs and discs include compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs (DVDs), floppy discs and blu-ray discs. Disks usually reproduce data magnetically, while discs usually reproduce data by laser. Make an optical copy of the data. Combinations of the above can also be included in computer readable media.
  • Computer-readable media includes both computer storage media and communication media including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one place to another.
  • a storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a general purpose or special purpose computer.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Multimedia (AREA)
  • Databases & Information Systems (AREA)
  • Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • General Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Computing Systems (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medical Informatics (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请公开了一种通信方法、装置及系统，以远端终端执行为例，该方法包括：远端终端接收来自策略控制功能网元的第一策略信息，第一策略信息包括远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式；根据第一策略信息，采用第一中继模式传输第一应用的数据。该方法实现了在层2中继模式和层3中继模式共存的情况下，通过策略控制功能网元下发的第一策略信息控制或建议远端终端对于不同应用所选择的中继模式，远端终端选择中继模式进行非直接通信，进而满足不同应用的需求，使能不同的中继模式的协同工作。

Description

一种通信方法、装置及系统 技术领域
本申请涉及通信技术领域，尤其涉及一种通信方法、装置及系统。
背景技术
目前，设备到设备(device to device，D2D)通信允许用户设备(user equipment，UE)之间进行直接通信。
例如，在某一用户设备(如远端(remote)UE)处于通信网络的覆盖范围之外，或者在其与通信网络中的接入网设备之间的通信质量较差的情况下，该用户设备可以基于D2D通信，即通过中继(relay)(如relay UE)与通信网络进行非直接通信，中继转发远端UE和网络之间传输的数据。
目前，非直接通信(即remote UE通过Relay UE接入网络的通信模式)可以有两种模式，包括：层2中继(layer-2relay,L2relay)模式和层3中继(layer-3relay,L3relay)模式。其中，采用层2中继模式，中继UE通过层2(如适配层)转发远端UE与接入网设备之间的上下行数据和信令，网络可以直接控制远端UE。采用层3中继模式，中继UE通过网际互连协议(internet protocol，IP)路由转发远端UE的上下行数据。层2中继模式和层3中继模式在数据的安全性、业务的连续性、业务服务质量等方面均有不同，即层2中继模式和层3中继模式可以分别提供不同的业务性能。
进一步地，在层2中继模式和层3中继模式共存的情况下，如何选择中继模式成为亟待解决的问题。
发明内容
本申请提供一种通信方法、装置及系统，用于实现在层2中继模式和层3中继模式共存的情况下，远端终端选择中继模式进行非直接通信。
第一方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信方法，该方法可以应用于远端终端或者远端终端中的芯片，其中，以远端终端执行为例，该方法包括：远端终端接收来自策略控制功能网元的第一策略信息，第一策略信息包括远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式；根据第一策略信息，采用第一中继模式传输第一应用的数据。
采用上述方式，远端终端可以根据策略控制功能网元确定的第一策略信息，获得远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式。举例来说，远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式可以包括至少一项中继模式。从而，远端终端可以根据第一策略信息，确定远端终端传输第一应用的数据时对应的中继模式，即第一中继模式，实现在层2中继模式和层3中继模式共存的情况下，通过策略控制功能网元下发的第一策略信息控制或建议远端终端对于不同应用所选择的中继模式，远端终端选择中继模式进行非直接通信，进而满足不同应用的需求，使能不同的中继模式的协同工作。
在一种可能的实现方式中，远端终端可以根据远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式，确定第一中继模式。
通过上述方法，远端终端可以在远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式中，确定出第一 中继模式，降低远端终端确定第一中继终端的复杂度，提高确定第一中继终端的效率。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一策略信息还包括：远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式的优先级；根据远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式和远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式的优先级，确定第一中继模式。
例如，远端终端可以根据远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式和远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式的优先级，优先选择优先级高的中继模式作为第一中继模式，从而，提高采用第一中继模式传输第一应用的数据的传输性能。
在一种可能的实现方式中，在远端终端接收来自策略控制功能网元的第一策略信息之前，远端终端还可以向策略控制功能网元发送远端终端支持的中继模式。
通过上述方法，远端终端可以通过向策略控制功能网元发送远端终端支持的中继模式，使得策略控制功能网元确定的第一策略信息是基于远端终端支持的中继模式确定的，一方面，可以减少远端终端基于第一策略信息和远端终端支持的中继模式，确定第一中继模式，降低远端终端确定第一中继模式的复杂度，另一方面，还可以使得策略控制功能网元确定的第一策略信息更符合远端终端，优化策略控制功能网元为远端终端配置第一策略信息，还可以降低策略控制功能网元向远端终端发送第一策略信息的开销。
在一种可能的实现方式中，远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式包括：
层2中继模式，或层3中继模式中的至少一项。
通过上述方法，可以适用于存在不同中继模式的场景，例如，在层2中继模式和层3中继模式共存的场景，另外，还可以适用于在层2中继模式，第一层3中继模式和第二层3中继模式共存，且PCF不区分第一层3中继模式和第二层3中继模式的场景，以降低PCF向远端终端发送第一策略信息的开销，及降低远端终端确定第一中继模式的复杂度。
在一种可能的实现方式中，远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式包括：
层2中继模式，第一层3中继模式，或第二层3中继模式中的至少一项；第一层3中继模式为使用非3GPP互通功能网元的层3中继模式，第二层3中继模式为不使用非3GPP互通功能网元的层3中继模式。
通过上述方法，可以适用于存在不同中继模式的场景，例如，在层2中继模式，第一层3中继模式和第二层3中继模式共存的场景。从而，远端终端可以在存在不同中继模式的场景下，都可以基于第一策略信息中的远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式，确定第一中继模式，提高远端终端确定第一中继模式的灵活性。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一中继模式为：
层2中继模式，或层3中继模式；或，
层2中继模式，第一层3中继模式，或第二层3中继模式。
通过上述方法，可以适用于存在不同中继模式的场景，且远端终端基于第一策略信息确定出的第一中继模式是唯一的，直接由远端终端确定传输第一应用的数据所采用的第一中继模式，从而，可以降低远端终端与中继终端协商使用中继模式的开销。
在一种可能的实现方式中，远端终端还可以发送第一消息，第一消息包含第一中继模式的信息。
其中，远端终端可以通过广播、组播或单播等方式发送第一消息，使得中继终端可以通过接收到的第一消息，获得第一中继模式的信息，为远端终端与中继终端通过第一中继模式传输第一应用的数据做准备。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一中继模式的信息包括以下至少一项：
第一中继模式对应的中继服务码(relay service code，RSC)；或者，用于指示第一中继模式的第一指示信息。
通过上述方法，远端终端可以更灵活的选择发送第一中继模式的信息。例如，在第一中继模式存在RSC时，远端终端可以发送第一中继模式对应的RSC，或者，远端终端还可以确定第一中继模式对应的第一指示信息，从而，远端终端可以通过发送第一指示信息，向中继终端指示第一中继模式。
在一种可能的实现方式中，远端终端还可以接收来自中继终端的第一响应消息，第一响应消息用于响应第一消息，第一响应消息包含第二指示信息，第二指示信息用于指示中继终端支持第一中继模式。
通过上述方法，远端终端可以根据接收到的第一响应消息，确定中继终端是否支持第一中继模式，从而，远端终端可以根据支持第一中继模式的中继终端，确定出为传输第一应用的数据提供中继服务的中继终端，为远端终端与中继终端通过第一中继模式传输第一应用的数据做准备。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一中继模式为层2中继模式，远端终端可以发送第二消息，第二消息不包括RSC，第二消息为发现消息或直接通信请求(direct communication request，DCR)消息。
通过上述方法，在第一中继模式不存在RSC时，远端终端可以通过发送的第二消息不包括RSC的方式，隐式的指示第一中继模式。举例来说，在第一中继模式为层2中继模式，且层2中继模式没有对应的RSC时，远端终端可以通过在发现消息或DCR消息中不包括RSC的方式，隐式的指示第一中继模式为层2中继模式。提高远端终端传输第一中继模式的信息的灵活性。
在一种可能的实现方式中，远端终端还可以根据第一策略信息，确定第二中继模式，其中，第二中继模式为远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式中的一项或多项。然后，远端终端根据第二中继模式，确定第一中继模式。
举例来说，可以先确定出可能用于传输第一应用的数据的第二中继模式，从而，基于第二中继模式，确定出传输第一应用的数据的第一中继模式。例如，可以是根据支持第二中继模式的中继终端，确定出传输第一应用的数据的第一中继模式，通过该方法，可以有效提高远端终端确定出的第一中继模式用于传输第一应用的数据的成功率。另外，在多个中继终端支持第二中继模式的情况下，远端终端还可以进一步根据多个中继终端支持第二中继模式，优化第一中继模式的选择，提高传输第一应用的数据的性能。
在一种可能的实现方式中，远端终端可以发送第二发现消息，第二发现消息包括第二中继模式的信息；远端终端还可以接收来自中继终端的第二响应消息，第二响应消息用于响应第二发现消息，第二响应消息包括第三中继模式的信息，第三中继模式包括第二中继模式中的至少一项，且中继终端支持第三中继模式。
通过上述方法，远端终端可以通过第二发现消息发送第二中继模式的信息，使得中继终端可以确定是否支持第二中继模式。另外，远端终端还可根据中继终端发送的第二响应消息，确定中继终端支持的第三中继模式，为远端终端根据第二响应消息，确定第一中继模式做准备。
在一种可能的实现方式中，远端终端可以根据第三中继模式的信息，确定第一中继模 式。
通过上述方法，远端终端可以基于中继终端支持的第三中继模式，确定第一中继模式，保证远端终端确定出的第一中继模式可以通过中继终端传输第一应用的数据，另外，还可以实现远端终端对第一中继模式的优化选择。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第二中继模式的信息包括以下至少一项：第二中继模式对应的RSC；或者，用于指示第二中继模式的第三指示信息。
通过上述方法，远端终端可以灵活的向中继终端发送第二中继模式的信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第二响应消息还包括：中继终端的可信信息，可信信息用于指示中继终端对于远端终端是否可信；此时，远端终端在第三中继模式为层3中继模式时，可以根据中继终端的可信信息，确定第一中继模式为第一层3中继模式或第二层3中继模式。
考虑到第一层3中继模式下，在通过中继终端传输远端终端的第一应用的数据时，中继终端无法获得远端终端传输的第一应用的数据内容，可以保证传输第一应用的数据的安全性。在远端终端有传输第一应用的数据的安全性需求时，可以在中继终端不可信时，确定第一中继模式为第一层3中继模式。在中继终端可信时，可以选择第二层3中继模式，以减少中继的复杂度。通过上述方法，远端终端可以在第一层3中继模式和第二层3中继模式共存的情况下，灵活的选择第一中继模式进行中继，提高传输第一应用的数据的传输性能，满足传输第一应用的数据的需要。
在一种可能的实现方式中，远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式还可以包括：中继模式与RSC之间的对应关系，及RSC与第一应用之间的对应关系。
通过上述方法，可以在中继模式与RSC之间存在对应关系时，提供更多的第一策略信息中远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式的指示方式，提高第一策略信息指示的灵活性。相应的，远端终端还可以基于第一策略信息中的中继模式与RSC之间的对应关系，及RSC与第一应用之间的对应关系，确定第一中继模式的信息，提高第一中继模式的信息的灵活性。远端终端还可以基于第一策略信息中的中继模式与RSC之间的对应关系，及RSC与第一应用之间的对应关系，确定第二中继模式的信息，提高第二中继模式的信息的灵活性。
第二方面，本申请提供一种通信方法，该方法可以应用于中继终端或者中继终端中的芯片，其中，以中继终端执行为例，该方法包括：中继终端获得第一中继模式的信息，其中，该第一中继模式用于远端终端传输第一应用的数据；从而，中继终端采用第一中继模式，为远端终端传输第一应用的数据。
通过上述方法，中继终端可以基于获得的第一中继模式的信息，确定第一中继模式，从而，中继终端可以确定远端终端是基于第一中继模式传输第一应用的数据的，此时，中继终端可以基于第一中继模式，为远端终端传输第一应用的数据。因此，中继终端可以基于远端终端确定的第一中继模式，配合远端终端采用第一中继模式为远端终端传输第一应用的数据，实现在多种中继模式共存下，以远端终端采用的第一中继模式为远端终端提供中继服务。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一中继模式为：层2中继模式，或层3中继模式；或，层2中继模式，第一层3中继模式，或第二层3中继模式。
通过上述方法，第一中继模式是唯一的中继模式，无需中继终端在多种中继模式共存下确定第一中继模式。从而，可以降低在多种中继模式共存下，中继终端为远端终端提供 中继服务的复杂度。
在一种可能的实现方式中，中继终端可以接收来自远端终端的第一消息，第一消息包含第一中继模式的信息。
通过上述方法，中继终端可以通过接收来自远端终端的第一消息，获得第一中继模式的信息。例如，第一消息可以是发现消息或直接通信连接消息。
第一中继模式的信息可以有多种实现方式，在一种可能的实现方式中，第一中继模式的信息可以包括：第一中继模式对应的RSC；或者，用于指示第一中继模式的第一指示信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，中继终端可以向远端终端发送第一响应消息，第一响应消息用于响应第一消息，第一响应消息包含第二指示信息，第二指示信息用于指示中继终端支持第一中继模式。
通过上述方法，中继终端可以基于第一消息，确定支持第一中继模式时，向远端终端发送第一响应消息，以备远端终端确定中继终端支持第一中继模式，为远端终端采用第一中继模式传输第一应用的数据做准备，提高远端终端采用第一中继模式传输第一应用的数据的成功率。
在一种可能的实现方式中，在第一中继模式为层2中继模式时，中继终端可以接收来自远端终端的第二消息，第二消息不包括RSC，第二消息为发现消息或DCR消息。
通过上述方法，中继终端可以基于发现消息或DCR消息中不包括RSC，确定第一中继模式为层2中继模式，在不改变信令的前提下，获得第一中继模式的信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，中继终端可以接收来自策略控制功能网元的第二策略信息，第二策略信息包括中继终端的中继模式；中继终端的中继模式包含第一中继模式。
在一种可能的实现方式中，中继终端的中继模式为中继终端被允许使用的中继模式，或授权中继终端使用的中继模式。
在一种可能的实现方式中，中继终端可以根据中继终端支持的中继模式，确定中继终端支持第一中继模式。
通过上述方法，中继终端可以通过自身支持的中继模式，判断是否支持第一中继模式。确定方式简单，可以降低中继终端判断是否支持第一中继模式的复杂度，可选的，中继终端还可以基于是否支持第一中继模式，确定是否为远端终端提供中继服务。
在一种可能的实现方式中，中继终端可以在获得第一中继模式的信息之前，接收来自策略控制功能网元的第二策略信息，第二策略信息包括中继终端的中继模式；接收远端终端的发现消息，发现消息携带第二中继模式的信息；根据第二策略信息和第二中继模式的信息，向远端终端发送第三中继模式的信息，第三中继模式包括第二中继模式中的至少一项，且中继终端支持第三中继模式。
通过上述方法，中继终端可以基于策略控制功能网元为中继终端配置的第二策略信息，来确定是否支持远端终端发送的第二中继模式，通过网络设备控制或协调中继终端的中继模式，例如，中继终端可以在第二中继模式中，确定出支持的第三中继模式，此时，中继终端可以向远端终端发送第三中继模式的信息，以便远端终端可以基于中继终端的第三中继模式，确定第一中继模式，提高远端终端确定第一中继模式的灵活性和成功率。
在一种可能的实现方式中，中继终端接收第二策略信息之前，可以向策略控制功能网元发送中继终端支持的中继模式。
通过上述方法，中继终端可以在策略控制功能网元发送第二策略信息之前，上报中继终端支持的中继模式，使得策略控制功能网元可以根据中继终端支持的中继模式，确定第二策略信息，从而，中继终端在确定是否支持第一中继模式，或是否支持第二中继模式时，可以减少判断第一中继模式是否为中继终端支持的中继模式的操作，以减少确定是否支持第一中继模式，或是否支持第二中继模式的复杂度。另外，还可以减少第二策略信息的开销的同时，减少中继终端接收第二策略信息的开销。
在一种可能的实现方式中，中继终端可以根据第二中继模式的信息、第二策略信息及中继终端的能力，确定支持第三中继模式之后，向远端终端发送第三中继模式的信息。
通过上述方法，中继终端还可以根据第二中继模式的信息、第二策略信息及中继终端的能力，在第二中继模式中，确定出支持的第三中继模式，以便远端终端可以基于第三中继模式确定出的第一中继模式，可以更匹配中继终端的能力，提高远端终端通过中继终端采用第一中继模式传输第一应用的数据的性能。
在一种可能的实现方式中，中继终端可以在第二中继模式包含层3中继模式，中继设备支持层3中继模式时，向远端终端发送中继终端的可信信息，中继终端的可信信息用于指示中继终端对于远端终端是否可信。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第二中继模式包括：层2中继模式，或层3中继模式中的至少一项；或，层2中继模式，第一层3中继模式，或第二层3中继模式中的至少一项。
在一种可能的实现方式中，中继终端可以第二中继模式的信息包括以下至少一项：第二中继模式对应的RSC；或者，用于指示第二中继模式的第三指示信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式还可以包括：中继模式与RSC之间的对应关系，及RSC与第一应用之间的对应关系。
在一种可能的实现方式中，中继终端的中继模式还可以包括：中继模式与RSC之间的对应关系。
通过上述方法，中继终端可以在中继模式与RSC之间存在对应关系时，提供更多的第一策略信息中远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式的指示方式，提高第一策略信息指示的灵活性。在一些实施例中，中继终端还可以接收到远端终端基于第一策略信息中的中继模式与RSC之间的对应关系，及RSC与第一应用之间的对应关系，确定的第一中继模式的信息(例如，第一中继模式对应的RSC)。中继终端可以基于第二策略信息中的中继模式与RSC直接的对应关系，确定第二策略信息中是否存在第一中继模式对应的RSC，从而，确定是否支持第一中继模式，提高确定第一中继模式的灵活性。在另一些实施例中，远端终端发送的第二中继模式的信息，也可以是第二中继模式对应的RSC，从而，中继终端基于第二中继模式的信息确定支持第三中继模式，也可以通过上述方式确定，在此不再赘述。
第三方面，本申请提供一种通信方法，该方法可以应用于策略控制功能网元或者策略控制功能网元中的芯片，以策略控制功能网元为例，该方法包括：策略控制功能网元获得第四中继模式，第四中继模式包括以下至少一项：第一应用对应的中继模式，远端终端支持的中继模式，或远端终端授权的中继模式。从而，策略控制功能网元根据第四中继模式，向远端终端发送第一策略信息。第一策略信息包括远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式，远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式用于远端终端传输第一应用的数据。
通过上述方法，策略控制功能网元可以基于获得的第一应用对应的中继模式，远端终端支持的中继模式，或远端终端授权的中继模式的至少一项，确定远端终端的第一应用对 应的中继模式，并将远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式携带在第一策略信息中发送给远端终端，使得远端终端可以基于第一策略信息，确定远端终端传输第一应用的数据采用的中继模式。即策略控制功能网元可以通过第一策略信息控制或建议远端终端对于不同应用所选择的中继模式，进而满足不同应用的需求，使能不同的中继模式的协同工作。
在一种可能的实现方式中，策略控制功能网元向远端终端发送第一策略信息之前，还可以接收远端终端发送的远端终端支持的中继模式，和/或，接收统一数据库UDR网元发送的远端终端授权的中继模式。
通过上述方法，策略控制功能网元可以获得远端终端支持的中继模式，和/或，远端终端授权的中继模式。
在一种可能的实现方式中，策略控制功能网元可以根据远端终端支持的中继模式和/或远端终端授权的中继模式，确定远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式。
通过上述方法，策略控制功能网元可以基于获得的远端终端支持的中继模式和/或远端终端授权的中继模式，确定不同应用下适合远端终端的中继模式，即远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式，提高第一策略信息控制或建议远端终端对于不同应用所选择的中继模式的灵活性。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一策略信息还包括：远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式的优先级。
通过上述方法，策略控制功能网元可以向远端终端配置优先选择的中继模式，提高对远端终端的中继模式的控制或建议的灵活性。
在一种可能的实现方式中，远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式包括：层2中继模式，或层3中继模式中的至少一项；或，层2中继模式，第一层3中继模式，或第二层3中继模式中的至少一项；第一层3中继模式为使用非3GPP互通功能网元的层3中继模式，第二层3中继模式为不使用非3GPP互通功能网元的层3中继模式。
在一种可能的实现方式中，策略控制功能网元获得第五中继模式，根据第五中继模式，向中继终端发送第二策略信息，第二策略信息包括中继终端的中继模式。其中，第五中继模式包括以下至少一项：中继终端支持的中继模式，或中继终端授权的中继模式。
通过上述方法，策略控制功能网元还可以基于中继终端支持的中继模式，或中继终端授权的中继模式中的至少一项，确定中继终端的中继模式，从而，向中继终端发送第二策略信息，以向中继终端指示中继终端的中继模式，实现策略控制功能网元对中继终端的中继模式的控制或建议。
第四方面，本申请提供一种通信方法，该方法可以应用于策略控制功能网元或者策略控制功能网元中的芯片，以策略控制功能网元为例，该方法包括：策略控制功能网元获得第五中继模式，第五中继模式包括以下至少一项：中继终端支持的中继模式，或中继终端授权的中继模式；策略控制功能网元根据第五中继模式，向中继终端发送第二策略信息，第二策略信息包括中继终端的中继模式。
通过上述方法，策略控制功能网元还可以基于中继终端支持的中继模式，或中继终端授权的中继模式中的至少一项，确定中继终端的中继模式，从而，向中继终端发送第二策略信息，以向中继终端指示中继终端的中继模式，实现策略控制功能网元对中继终端的中继模式的控制或建议。
结合第三方面和第四方面的任一种可能的实现方式，在一种可能的实现方式中，策略 控制功能网元接收来自中继终端的中继终端支持的中继模式，和/或，接收来自统一数据库网元的中继终端授权的中继模式。
通过上述方法，策略控制功能网元可以获得中继终端支持的中继模式，和/或，策略控制功能网元可以获得中继终端授权的中继模式。
结合第三方面和第四方面的任一种可能的实现方式，在一种可能的实现方式中，策略控制功能网元根据中继终端支持的中继模式和/或中继终端授权的中继模式，确定中继终端的中继模式。
结合第三方面和第四方面的任一种可能的实现方式，在一种可能的实现方式中，第二策略信息还包括：中继终端的中继模式的优先级。
通过上述方法，策略控制功能网元可以向中继终端配置优先支持的中继模式，提高对中继终端的中继模式的控制或建议的灵活性。
结合第三方面和第四方面的任一种可能的实现方式，在一种可能的实现方式中，中继终端的中继模式包括：层2中继模式，或层3中继模式中的至少一项；或，
层2中继模式，第一层3中继模式，或第二层3中继模式中的至少一项。
结合第三方面和第四方面的任一种可能的实现方式，在一种可能的实现方式中，远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式还可以包括：中继模式与RSC之间的对应关系，及RSC与第一应用之间的对应关系。
在一种可能的实现方式中，中继终端的中继模式还可以包括：中继模式与RSC之间的对应关系。
需要说明的是，上述第一方面、第二方面、第三方面和第四方面所描述的方法相对应，各个方面所描述的方法中相关技术特征的有益效果可以相互参照，具体不再赘述。
第五方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信装置，通信装置可以为终端设备(比如第一方面中的远端终端、第二方面中的中继终端)或者设置在终端设备内部的芯片。通信装置具备实现上述第一方面至第二方面中任一方面的功能，比如，通信装置包括执行上述第一方面至第二方面中任一方面涉及步骤所对应的模块或单元或手段(means)，该功能或单元或手段可以通过软件实现，或者通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。
在一种可能的实现方式中，通信装置包括处理单元、通信单元，其中，通信单元可以用于收发信号，以实现该通信装置和其它装置之间的通信，比如，通信单元用于接收来自终端设备的配置信息；处理单元可以用于执行该通信装置的一些内部操作。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，该通信装置包括处理器，还可以包括收发器，该收发器用于收发信号，该处理器执行程序指令，以完成上述第一方面至第二方面中任意可能的实现方式或实现方式中的方法。其中，该通信装置还可以包括一个或多个存储器，该存储器用于与处理器耦合，该存储器可以保存实现上述第一方面至第二方面中任一方面涉及的功能的必要计算机程序或指令。该处理器可执行该存储器存储的计算机程序或指令，当该计算机程序或指令被执行时，使得该通信装置实现上述第一方面至第二方面任意可能的实现方式或实现方式中的方法。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，该通信装置包括处理器，处理器可以用于与存储器耦合。该存储器可以保存实现上述第一方面至第二方面中任一方面涉及的功能的必要计算机程序或指令。该处理器可执行该存储器存储的计算机程序或指令，当该计算机程序或指令被执行时，使得该通信装置实现上述第一方面至第二方面任意可能的实现方式或实现方式中 的方法。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，该通信装置包括处理器和接口电路，其中，处理器用于通过该接口电路与其它装置通信，并执行上述第一方面至第二方面任意可能的实现方式或实现方式中的方法。
可以理解地，上述第五方面中，处理器可以通过硬件来实现也可以通过软件来实现，当通过硬件实现时，该处理器可以是逻辑电路、集成电路等；当通过软件来实现时，该处理器可以是一个通用处理器，通过读取存储器中存储的软件代码来实现。此外，以上处理器可以为一个或多个，存储器可以为一个或多个。存储器可以与处理器集成在一起，或者存储器与处理器分离设置。在具体实现过程中，存储器可以与处理器集成在同一块芯片上，也可以分别设置在不同的芯片上，本申请实施例对存储器的类型以及存储器与处理器的设置方式不做限定。
第六方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信装置，该通信装置可以为网络设备(比如第三方面中的策略控制功能网元、第四方面中的策略控制功能网元)或者设置在网络设备内部的芯片。该通信装置具备实现上述第三方面和第四方面中任一方面的功能，比如，该通信装置包括执行上述第三方面和第四方面中任一方面涉及步骤所对应的模块或单元或手段(means)，该功能或单元或手段可以通过软件实现，或者通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。
在一种可能的实现方式中，该通信装置包括处理单元、通信单元，其中，通信单元可以用于收发信号，以实现该通信装置和其它装置之间的通信，比如，通信单元用于接收来自终端设备的配置信息；处理单元可以用于执行该通信装置的一些内部操作。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，该通信装置包括处理器，还可以包括收发器，该收发器用于收发信号，该处理器执行程序指令，以完成上述第三方面和第四方面中任意可能的实现方式或实现方式中的方法。其中，该通信装置还可以包括一个或多个存储器，该存储器用于与处理器耦合，该存储器可以保存实现上述第三方面和第四方面中任一方面涉及的功能的必要计算机程序或指令。该处理器可执行该存储器存储的计算机程序或指令，当该计算机程序或指令被执行时，使得该通信装置实现上述第三方面和第四方面任意可能的实现方式或实现方式中的方法。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，该通信装置包括处理器，处理器可以用于与存储器耦合。该存储器可以保存实现上述第三方面和第四方面中任一方面涉及的功能的必要计算机程序或指令。该处理器可执行该存储器存储的计算机程序或指令，当该计算机程序或指令被执行时，使得该通信装置实现上述第三方面和第四方面任意可能的实现方式或实现方式中的方法。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，该通信装置包括处理器和接口电路，其中，处理器用于通过该接口电路与其它装置通信，并执行上述第三方面和第四方面任意可能的实现方式或实现方式中的方法。
可以理解地，上述第五方面中，处理器可以通过硬件来实现也可以通过软件来实现，当通过硬件实现时，该处理器可以是逻辑电路、集成电路等；当通过软件来实现时，该处理器可以是一个通用处理器，通过读取存储器中存储的软件代码来实现。此外，以上处理器可以为一个或多个，存储器可以为一个或多个。存储器可以与处理器集成在一起，或者存储器与处理器分离设置。在具体实现过程中，存储器可以与处理器集成在同一块芯片上， 也可以分别设置在不同的芯片上，本申请实施例对存储器的类型以及存储器与处理器的设置方式不做限定。
第七方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信系统，该通信系统包括上述第一方面中的远端终端、第二方面中的中继终端、第三方面和/或第四方面中的策略控制功能网元。
第八方面，本申请提供一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机存储介质中存储有计算机可读指令，当计算机读取并执行该计算机可读指令时，使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第四方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。
第九方面，本申请提供一种计算机程序产品，当计算机读取并执行该计算机程序产品时，使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第四方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。
第十方面，本申请提供一种芯片，该芯片包括处理器，该处理器与存储器耦合，用于读取并执行该存储器中存储的软件程序，以实现上述第一方面至第四方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。
附图说明
图1a-图1b为一种通信系统架构的示意图；
图1c为一种应用场景的示意图；
图2为一种层2中继模式的连接建立流程示意图；
图3为一种第二层3中继模式的连接建立流程示意图；
图4为一种第一层3中继模式的连接建立流程示意图；
图5为本申请实施例的一种通信方法的流程示意图；
图6为本申请实施例的一种通信方法的流程示意图；
图7为本申请实施例的一种通信方法的流程示意图；
图8为本申请实施例的一种通信方法的流程示意图；
图9为本申请实施例的一种通信方法的流程示意图；
图10为本申请实施例的一种通信方法的流程示意图；
图11为本申请实施例的一种通信方法的流程示意图；
图12为本申请实施例的一种通信方法的流程示意图；
图13为本申请实施例的一种通信装置的结构示意图；
图14为本申请实施例的一种通信装置的结构示意图；
图15为本申请实施例的一种通信装置的结构示意图；
图16为本申请实施例的一种通信装置的结构示意图；
图17为本申请实施例的一种通信装置的结构示意图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合附图，对本申请实施例进行详细描述。
本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以应用于第四代(4th generation，4G)移动通信系统中，例如长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)系统，或可以应用于第五代(5th generation，5G)移动通信系统中，例如NR系统，或可以应用于下一代移动通信系统或其他类似的通信系统，不做限制。
另外，本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以应用于设备到设备(device-to-device，D2D)场景，例如新无线(new radio，NR)D2D场景等，或者可以应用于车联万物(vehicle to everything，V2X)场景，例如NR-V2X场景等，例如可应用于车联网，例如V2X、车与车(vehicle-to-vehicle，V2V)等，或可用于智能驾驶、辅助驾驶、或智能网联车等领域。
其中，D2D通信允许UE之间直接进行通信，D2D通信可以采用一对多通信(one to many communication)，或一对一通信(one to one communication)。
具体地，一对多通信可以包括组播或广播通信，一对一通信可以包括单播通信。
示例性地，在一对一通信中，若发送方UE与接收方UE在近距离范围内，通过相互发现后可以直接通信。在D2D通信中，UE之间通过PC5(ProSe communication 5)接口进行通信，可用于数据面和控制面的信息传输。
当UE处于网络覆盖之外或与接入网设备之间的通信信号不好时，远端终端(也可以称为remote UE)可以通过中继终端(也可以称为relay UE)进行辅助，通过远端终端与中继终端之间的通信和中继终端通过移动通信网络与应用服务器之间的通信，来实现远端终端与应用服务器之间的通信。通过建立远端终端到中继终端到网络的通信方式，可以扩展支持处在网络覆盖外UE到网络的通信。远端终端可以在小区网络的控制下与小区内的UE(中继终端)共享频谱资源，有效的提高频谱资源的利用率。
图1a为一种通信系统的架构。该通信系统可以包括：终端设备(以UE为例示出)、接入和移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function，AMF)网元、会话管理功能(session management function，SMF)网元、用户面功能(user plane function，UPF)网元、策略控制功能(policy control function，PCF)网元、统一数据管理功能网元(unified data management，UDM)、认证应用服务器功能(authentication server function，AUSF)网元、网络开放功能(network exposure function，NEF)网元、应用功能(application function，AF)网元、网络切片选择功能(network slice selection function，NSSF)网元、(无线)接入网((radio)access network，(R)AN)设备、网络存储功能(network repository function，NRF)网元等。
其中，AMF网元与接入网设备之间可以通过N2接口相连，接入网设备与UPF之间可以通过N3接口相连，SMF与UPF之间可以通过N4接口相连，AMF网元与UE之间可以通过N1接口相连，交互消息称为N1Message。部分接口采用服务化接口的方式实现。接口名称只是一个示例说明，不作具体限定。
应理解，本申请实施例并不限于图1a所示通信系统，图1a中所示的网元的名称在这里仅作为一种示例说明，并不作为对本申请的通信方法适用的通信系统架构中包括的网元的限定。
下面对通信系统中的各个网元或设备的功能进行详细描述：
终端设备：可以为UE、手持终端、笔记本电脑、用户单元(subscriber unit)、蜂窝电话(cellular phone)、智能电话(smart phone)、无线数据卡、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant，PDA)电脑、平板型电脑、无线调制解调器(modem)、手持设备(handheld)、膝上型电脑(laptop computer)、无绳电话(cordless phone)或者无线本地环路(wireless local loop，WLL)台、机器类型通信(machine type communication，MTC)终端或是其他可以接入网络的设备。终端设备与接入网设备之间采用某种空口技术(如新无线(new radio，NR)、LTE)相互通信。在车联网通信中，车辆上载的通信终端是一种终端设备，路边单 元(road side unit，RSU)也可以作为一种终端设备。无人机上载有通信终端，可以看作是一种终端设备。
(R)AN设备：为终端设备提供接入的设备，包含RAN设备和AN设备。RAN设备主要是3GPP网络无线网络设备，AN可以是non-3GPP定义的接入网设备。RAN设备：主要负责空口侧的无线资源管理、服务质量(quality of service，QoS)管理、数据压缩和加密等功能。接入网设备可以包括各种形式的基站，例如：宏基站，微基站(也称为小站)，中继站，接入点等。在采用不同的无线接入技术的系统中，具备基站功能的设备的名称可能会有所不同，例如，在5G系统中，称为RAN或者gNB(5G NodeB)等。
接入和移动性管理功能网元：主要负责信令处理部分，例如：接入控制、移动性管理、附着与去附着以及网关选择等功能。AMF网元为终端设备中的会话提供服务的情况下，会为该会话提供控制面的存储资源，以存储会话标识、与会话标识关联的SMF网元标识等。例如，如图1a所示，在5G中，接入和移动性管理功能网元可以是AMF网元。在未来通信，如6G中，接入和移动性管理功能网元仍可以是AMF网元，或有其它的名称，本申请不做限定。当接入和移动性管理功能网元是AMF网元时，AMF可以提供Namf服务。
会话管理功能网元：主要负责移动网络中的会话管理，如会话建立、修改、释放。具体功能如为用户分配IP地址、选择提供报文转发功能的UPF等。例如，如图1a所示，在5G中，会话管理功能网元可以是SMF网元。在未来通信，如6G中，会话管理功能网元仍可以是SMF网元，或有其它的名称，本申请不做限定。当会话管理功能网元时SMF网元时，SMF可以提供Nsmf服务。
用户面功能网元：负责终端设备中用户数据的转发和接收。可以从数据网络接收用户数据，通过接入网设备传输给终端设备；UPF网元还可以通过接入网设备从终端设备接收用户数据，转发到数据网络。UPF网元中为终端设备提供服务的传输资源和调度功能由SMF网元管理控制的。例如，如图1a所示，在5G中，用户面功能网元可以是UPF网元。在未来通信，如6G中，用户面功能网元仍可以是UPF网元，或有其它的名称，本申请不做限定。
策略控制功能网元：主要支持提供统一的策略框架来控制网络行为，提供策略规则给控制层网络功能，同时负责获取与策略决策相关的用户签约信息。例如，如图1a所示，在5G中，策略控制功能网元可以是PCF网元。在未来通信，如6G中，策略控制功能网元仍可以是PCF网元，或有其它的名称，本申请不做限定。当策略控制功能网元是PCF网元，PCF网元可以提供Npcf服务。
具体地，PCF网元可以用于在UE接入相关过程中(如注册流程)，负责下发UE策略及接入控制策略。PCF还可以用于在UE的PDU会话相关过程中(如PDU会话建立流程)，负责下发会话相关策略。
非3GPP互通功能(non-3GPP interworking function，N3IWF)网元：为运营商部署的非可信非3GPP接入网关，非可信非3GPP接入方式是指不被运营商信任的非3GPP接入方式，例如，通过用户自己部署的无线保真(wireless fidelity，Wifi)接入网络的方式。N3IWF网元可以是UE的信号接入点，是UE接入3GPP网络的第一跳节点。其网络拓扑位置可以看作为UE接入5G网络时的NG-RAN。它支持与UE建立IP安全(IP security,IPsec)隧道，支持与5G核心网之间的N2和N3接口，并且能够中转UE与AMF之间的NAS信令。
网络开放功能网元：主要支持3GPP网络和第三方应用安全的交互。例如，如图1a所示，在5G中，网络开放功能网元可以是NEF网元。在未来通信，如6G中，网络开放功能网元仍可以是NEF网元，或有其它的名称，本申请不做限定。当网络开放功能网元是NEF时，NEF可以向其他网络功能网元提供Nnef服务。
应用功能网元：主要支持与3GPP核心网交互来提供服务，例如影响数据路由决策，策略控制功能或者向网络侧提供第三方的一些服务。
在未来通信，如6G中，应用功能网元仍可以是AF网元，或有其它的名称，不做限定。当应用功能网元是AF网元时，AF网元可以提供Naf服务。
网络暴露功能网元：主要支持3GPP网络和第三方应用安全的交互。
统一数据管理功能网元：用于生成认证信任状，用户标识处理(如存储和管理用户永久身份等)，接入授权控制和签约数据管理等。例如，如图1a所示，在5G中，统一数据管理功能网元可以是UDM网元。在未来通信，如6G中，统一数据管理功能网元仍可以是UDM网元，或有其它的名称，本申请不做限定。当统一数据管理功能网元是UDM网元时，UDM网元可以提供Nudm服务。
统一数据库(unified data repository,UDR)网元，用于存储移动通信网络的用户订阅信息，即向请求发现用户或者服务的请求者提供满足其业务需求的用户订阅或者服务信息。包括订阅标识，接入移动管理涉及用户订阅信息及会话管理涉及的用户订阅信息，同时，也可以向PCF提供策略数据。
认证应用服务器功能网元：用于支持3GPP和非3GPP的接入认证。支持UE接入网时的认证功能，以及用于支持网元切片特定的认证和授权流程。例如，如图1a所示，在5G中，认证应用服务器功能网元可以是AUSF网元。在未来通信，如6G中，认证应用服务器功能网元仍可以是AUSF网元，或有其它的名称，本申请不做限定。当认证应用服务器功能网元是AUSF网元时，AUSF网元可以提供Nausf服务。
网络切片选择功能网元：可用于选择为终端设备提供服务的网络切片。例如，如图1a所示，在5G中，网络切片选择功能网元可以是NSSF网元。在未来通信，如6G中，网络切片选择功能网元仍可以是NSSF网元，或有其它的名称，本申请不做限定。当网络切片选择功能网元是NSSF网元时，NSSF网元可以提供Nnssf服务。
网络存储功能网元：可用于提供网元发现功能，基于其他网元的请求，提供网元类型对应的网元信息。NRF网元还提供网元管理服务，如网元注册、更新、去注册以及网元状态订阅和推送等。例如，如图1a所示，在5G中，网络存储功能网元可以是NRF网元。在未来通信，如6G中，网络存储功能网元仍可以是NRF网元，或有其它的名称，本申请不做限定。当网络存储功能网元是NRF网元时，NRF网元可以提供Nnrf服务。
数据网络(data network，DN)：指的是为用户提供数据传输服务的服务网络，如IP多媒体业务(IP multi-media service,IMS)、互联网(internet)等。
用户的数据流量通过UE到DN之间建立的协议数据单元(protocol data unit，PDU)会话，来访问DN。传输会经过(R)AN和UPF这两个网络功能实体。
UE、(R)AN、UPF和DN一般被称为数据面或用户面网络功能和实体，用于业务数据承载，其他的部分则被称为控制面网络功能和实体，用于承载信令消息。控制面网络功能和实体主要负责认证和鉴权、注册管理、会话管理、移动性管理以及策略控制等功能，从而实现用户层流量可靠稳定的传输。
其中，核心网中的各个网元也可以称为功能实体或者设备，既可以是在专用硬件上实现的网络元件，也可以是在专用硬件上运行的软件实例，或者是在适当平台上虚拟化功能的实例，例如，上述虚拟化平台可以为云平台。
需要说明的是，图1a所示的通信系统的架构中不限于仅包含图中所示的网元，还可以包含其它未在图中表示的设备，不再一一列举。
本申请实施例可以应用于图1a所示的通信系统，但并不限定各个网元的分布形式，图1a所示的分布形式只是示例性的。为方便说明，本申请实施例中将以图1a所示的网元为例进行说明，并将XX网元直接简称为XX。
应理解，本申请中所有网元的名称仅仅作为示例，在未来通信中还可以称为其它名称，或者在未来通信中本申请涉及的网元还可以通过其它具有相同功能的实体或者设备等来替代，本申请对此均不做限定。这里做统一说明，后续不再赘述。图1a所示的通信系统并不构成本申请实施例能够适用的通信系统的限定。图1a所示的通信系统架构为5G系统架构，可选的，本申请实施例还适用于未来的各种通信系统，例如6G或者其他通信网络等。
图1c示出了一种应用场景的示意图，该应用场景中包括远端终端、中继终端、接入网设备、UPF等。在该应用场景中远端终端通过中继终端接入网络。
其中，远端终端通过中继终端接入网络的通信模式可以称为非直接网络通信或者中继通信。即中继通信可以理解为非直接网络通信，两者含义相同。
需要说明的是，图1c所示的应用场景中不限于仅包含图中所示的网元，还可以包含其它未在图1c中的设备，例如AMF、PCF等，在此处不再一一列举。
下面介绍本申请涉及的中继模式。
不同中继模式由于其实现方式各不相同，因此，不同的中继模式，在数据的安全性、业务的连续性、业务服务质量等方面可以提供不同的业务性能。另外，不同的中继模式的复杂度也各有不同，为描述方便，下文中将使用N3IWF的层3中继模式称为第一层3中继模式，将不使用N3IWF的层3中继模式称为第二层3中继模式。如表1所示。
Figure PCTCN2021076527-appb-000001
表1
1)层2中继模式：远端终端通过中继终端与基站建立端到端的无线资源控制(radio resource control，RRC)连接。中继终端根据接入层(Access Stratum layer，AS layer)转发远端终端的上下行信令，使得远端终端接入RAN。在层2中继模式中，在远端终端与基站之间传输的数据，经过远端终端的PDCP层加解密处理，中继终端无法解密远端终端的 数据。因此，层2中继模式可以保障远端终端和网络之间的数据安全性。另外，基站控制远端终端与中继终端之间的QoS配置和中继终端与基站之间的QoS配置，因此，层2中继模式可以保障远端终端和网络之间的QoS业务性能。在中继终端发生变化，或者远端终端从非直接通信切换为直接通信时，由基站控制路径切换，保障了远端终端的业务连续性。由于层2中继模式需要中继终端支持接入层转发，因此，层2中继模式的复杂度适中。
2)层3中继模式：通过远端终端向网络传输与接收的技术还可以为层3(layer 3，层3)relay技术。远端终端的数据是通过互联网协议(internet protocol，IP)层转发的，即远端终端的数据被中继终端解析到IP层，再通过中继终端的PDU会话转发远端终端的数据。
考虑到层3中继模式可能有多种情况，下面以情况1和情况2举例说明。
情况1，层3中继模式为第二层3中继模式，即不使用N3IWF的层3中继模式(layer-3UE-to-network relay without N3IWF)，此时，远端终端的数据通过中继终端的PDU会话转发至应用服务器。
此时，网络设备可以通过指示层3中继模式的方式，指示远端终端和中继终端可以采用第二层3中继模式进行通信。
在第二层3中继模式中，中继终端可以在转发远端终端的数据包时，获得远端终端的数据包的内容，因此，无法保障远端终端与基站之间的端到端的数据安全。另外，第二层3中继模式中，中继终端可以基于远端终端建立满足QoS要求的PDU会话，因此，可以保障远端终端的QoS性能。在中继终端更换或者远端终端可以直接连接到网络的情况下，远端终端需要重新建立与应用服务器之间的PDU会话，导致业务需要先中断再连接，影响业务连续性。相比层2中继模式，第二层3中继模式无需建立远端终端与基站之间的RRC连接，复杂度较低。
或者，层3中继模式为第一层3中继模式，即使用N3IWF的层3中继模式(layer-3UE-to-network relay using N3IWF或layer-3UE-to-network relay with N3IWF)，例如，图1b示出了一种通信系统架构的示意图，该应用场景中包括远端终端、中继终端、接入网设备、核心网设备(N3IWF、UPF)等。需要说明的是，图1b所示的应用场景中不限于仅包含图中所示的网元，还可以包含其它未在图中表示的设备，具体本申请在此处不再一一列举。在该通信系统架构中包括UE-Relay-网络通信，即远端终端通过中继终端接入网络。远端终端的数据通过远端终端与N3IWF通过IPsec隧道协议层加密远端终端的数据，并将加密后的数据中继终端的PDU会话转发至N3IWF，再由N3IWF解密后，转发至远端终端对应的AMF(对应信令)或远端终端的PDU会话对应的UPF(对应业务数据)。通过N3IWF建立的PDU会话，可以保持远端终端的PDU会话对应的UPF不变，保证远端终端与应用服务器之间的业务连续性。远端终端与N3IWF通过IPsec隧道协议层加密传输远端终端的信令和数据，使得中继终端不可解密远端终端的传输数据。相应的，第一层3中继模式由于需要建立IPsec隧道，并通过中继终端和N3IWF转发数据，相比其他中继模式，复杂度较高，传输路径长，QoS性能不能保障，传输时延较高。
此时，网络设备可以通过指示层3中继模式的方式，指示远端终端和中继终端可以采用第一层3中继模式进行通信。
情况2，层3中继模式包括两种模式：不使用N3IWF的层3中继模式和使用N3IWF的层3中继模式。
在情况2中，还可能存在以下两种情况：
情况2-1：网络设备以区分第一层3中继模式和第二层3中继模式的方式，指示远端终端可以采用的中继模式为第一层3中继模式还是第二层3中继模式的方式，或指示中继终端可以采用的中继模式为第一层3中继模式还是第二层3中继模式的方式。远端终端和中继终端可以基于网络设备指示的第一层3中继模式或第二层3中继模式中继模式进行通信。
情况2-2：网络设备以不区分第一层3中继模式和第二层3中继模式的方式，指示远端终端可以采用层3中继模式，或指示中继终端可以采用层3中继模式，由远端终端确定采用第一层3中继模式还是第二层3中继模式进行通信。
下面以在图1a和图1c的应用场景下为例，对不同中继模式下远端终端和中继终端之间的连接建立流程进行介绍。其中，图2示出了层2中继模式的连接建立流程，图3示出了第二层3中继模式的连接建立流程。
如图2所示，提供了一种层2中继模式的连接建立流程。
S201：远端终端和中继终端初始注册到网络。
在远端终端可以直连到网络的情况下，远端终端也可以完成到网络的初始注册。或者，远端终端在没有直连到网络的情况下，远端终端无法注册，在该场景下，可以通过S2010完成注册。
中继终端完成初始注册到网络。
S202：远端终端和中继终端获得授权信息。
中继终端从中继终端对应的PCF(中继终端注册时负责为该中继终端提供策略的PCF)获取该中继终端的授权信息，该授权信息包括该中继终端被授权作为中继终端或能够进行非直接通信。
远端终端可以在直连到网络的情况下，从远端终端注册时负责为该远端终端提供策略的PCF处，获取该远端终端的授权信息，该授权信息包括该远端终端被授权作为远端终端或能够进行非直接通信。
在远端终端没有注册到网络的场景下，远端终端可以使用预配置的授权信息，确定自身可以作为远端终端。
S203：中继终端发现与选择流程。
在该步骤中，中继终端可以与远端终端相互发现。
相互发现是指，中继终端和远端终端需要先彼此知道对方的存在。例如中继终端(或，远端终端)发送广播消息，该广播消息可指示中继终端(或，远端终端)的信息，其他UE接收该广播消息后，可以向中继终端(或，远端终端)回复消息，例如远端终端(或，中继终端)向中继终端(或，远端终端)回复消息，这就完成了中继终端和远端终端的发现过程。或者，中继终端(或，远端终端)发送广播消息，用于寻找满足条件的UE(例如该广播消息可指示一种或多种业务，则能够支持该业务的UE就是满足条件的UE)，其他UE接收该广播消息后，如果能够满足该条件，则可以向中继终端(或，远端终端)回复消息，例如远端终端(或，中继终端)向中继终端(或，远端终端)回复消息，这就完成了中继终端和远端终端的发现过程。
或者，中继终端和远端终端可通过执行S204来完成发现或彼此发现以及建立连接， 则也可以不执行S203。因此，S203为可选的步骤，在图2中用虚线表示。例如远端终端发送直接连接请求消息，直接连接请求消息例如为广播消息，直接连接请求消息除了可以请求与对端设备建立连接外，还可以请求中继服务。那么在接收直接连接请求消息后，能够提供中继服务的UE可以向中继终端发送响应消息，例如远端终端向中继终端发送了响应消息，这也就完成了中继终端和远端终端的彼此发现。
在执行中继终端与远端终端相互发现流程后，远端终端会发现一个或多个中继终端，远端终端再从这些中继终端中进行选择，具体地，可以根据中继终端与远端终端之间信号强度进行选择。
S204：远端终端向中继终端发送直接通信请求消息(direct communication request)。
远端终端向中继终端发起直接通信请求消息，用于请求与中继终端建立PC5链路。
相应的，中继终端接收来自远端终端的直接通信请求消息。
另外，直接通信请求消息还可包括中继指示信息，该中继指示信息用于请求中继终端作为远端终端的中继设备，或者，用于指示PC5链路用于中继终端为远端终端提供中继服务，或者，用于指示PC5链路用于非直接通信。
中继终端可以根据该直接通信请求消息，为远端终端配置层2标识，以实现中继终端和远端终端建立PC5链路。或者，中继终端向网络设备发送服务请求，用于请求网络设备为远端终端配置PC5链路的配置信息，例如，远端终端在该PC5链路的层2标识。
可选的，如果中继终端处于RRC空闲态，则根据中继服务的通信过程，中继终端需要进入RRC连接态。例如，中继终端可以向核心网设备(例如AMF)发送服务请求(Service Request)消息，以进入RRC连接态。而如果中继终端处于RRC连接态，则无需向核心网设备(例如AMF)发送服务请求(Service Request)消息，在图2中用虚线表示。
S205：中继终端返回直接通信响应消息(direct communication response)。
在步骤204和步骤205之后，远端终端与中继终端建立PC5链路。该PC5链路可以用于中继终端和远端终端之间的直接通信，还可以用于中继终端为远端终端提供中继服务或非直接通信。需要说明的是，本申请中，PC5链路还可以称为PC5连接或者PC5链接，本申请对此不做限定。
在5G的D2D通信中，中继终端和远端终端可以建立一个或者多个PC5链路(PC5 link)，每个UE为每个链路分配PC5链路标识(PC5 link identifier)用以识别PC5链路。
在中继通信场景下，远端终端与中继终端之间的PC5链路称为用于中继通信的PC5链路。在UE间直接通信场景下，中继终端和远端终端之间的PC5链路称为用于中继终端和远端终端之间的直接通信的PC5链路。
S206:远端终端通过中继终端向RAN请求建立RRC连接。
具体地，中继终端根据接入层配置(例如，无线承载的配置信息，远端终端与中继终端建立的PC5链路的层2标识)，转发远端终端的RRC连接请求。
S207：远端终端通过中继终端和接入网设备向远端终端对应AMF发起非接入层请求(non-access stratum，NAS)。
其中，远端终端对应的AMF可以理解为远端终端注册时负责远端终端的移动性管理的AMF。在远端终端在S201没有初始注册时，该NAS消息可以是初始注册消息。在远端终端在S201已经注册时，该NAS消息可以是业务请求消息。在业务请求消息中，远端终端可以选择激活PDU会话。
S208：远端终端发起PDU会话建立流程。
远端终端通过中继终端向第一核心网设备发起PDU会话请求，第一核心网设备例如为AMF，AMF可以确定为远端终端建立PDU会话，例如将该PDU会话称为第一PDU会话。
S209：远端终端通过中继终端向网络设备发送数据。
其中，中继终端可以根据接入层配置(例如，无线承载的配置信息，远端终端与中继终端建立的PC5链路的层2标识等)，向接入网设备转发远端终端的上下行数据。
对于下行传输，当核心网设备(例如UPF)有远端终端的下行数据包时，UPF将该下行数据包发送给接入网设备，接入网设备将该下行数据包发送给中继终端，从而，中继终端根据与远端终端建立的PC5连接，向远端终端转发该下行数据。
如图3所示，提供了一种第二层3中继模式的连接建立流程。
S301：中继终端注册到网络，并获得中继终端的授权信息及中继终端的通信参数信息。
其中，中继终端从中继终端对应的PCF(中继终端注册时负责为该中继终端提供策略的PCF)获取该中继终端的授权信息和中继终端的通信参数信息，该授权信息包括该中继终端被授权非直接通信，及授权该UE作为中继终端，为远端终端提供中继服务。其中，通信参数信息，可以包括授权的PC5QoS参数。
S302：远端终端注册到网络，并获得远端终端的授权信息及远端终端的通信参数信息。
在远端终端可以在直连到网络的情况下，从远端终端注册时负责为该远端终端提供策略的PCF处，获取该远端终端的授权信息和远端终端的通信参数信息，该授权信息包括该远端终端被授权非直接通信，即授权作为远端终端通过中继终端接入网络。
其中，D2D通信参数信息，可以包括授权的PC5QoS参数。
S303：中继终端建立PDU会话。
其中，该PDU会话可以是为中继终端建立的用于中继服务的PDU会话。
建立该PDU会话后，第二核心网设备(例如，SMF)可以为中继终端分配中继终端的IP地址，使得中继终端可以通过该PDU会话在中继终端与核心网设备(例如，UPF)之间传输数据。
S304：中继终端与远端终端执行中继发现的流程。
具体地，远端终端可以根据通过中继终端转发的数据对应的应用和UE路由选择策略(UE route selection policy,URSP)，确定该应用所对应的PDU会话参数。
其中，该PDU会话参数可以包括：数据网络名称(data network name，DNN)，单个网络切片选择辅助信息(single network slice selection assistance information，S-NSSAI)等。
远端终端根据PCF配置给远端终端的PDU会话参数与RSC的对应关系，及该应用所对应的PDU会话参数，确定该应用对应的RSC。
其中，RSC用于标识PDU会话参数。例如，在第一应用对应的PDU会话参数包括第一DNN，第一S-NSSAI时，则可以对应设置第一RSC。
从而，远端终端可以在确认使用第一应用的PDU会话参数时，向中继终端发送发现消息，该发现消息可以包括该第一RSC。
中继终端接收到该发现消息后，根据自己是否支持该第一RSC，响应该发现消息。此时，远端终端可以确认可以通过中继终端传输第一应用的数据。
其中，中继终端可以根据PCF预先为中继终端配置的PDU会话参数与RSC的对应关系中是否包括第一RSC，确定是否支持该第一RSC。例如，在确定支持该第一RSC时，可以向远端终端发送发现响应消息，该发现响应消息用于指示中继终端支持该第一RSC。在中继终端确定不支持该第一RSC时，可以向远端终端发送发现响应消息，该发现响应消息用于指示中继终端不支持该第一RSC。或者，在中继终端确定不支持该第一RSC时，可以不响应该发现消息，即不向远端终端发送发现响应消息。
远端终端发现中继终端的过程，除远端终端发送发现消息的方式并接收到中继终端发送的发现响应消息的方式外，还可以参考示例一中远端终端与中继终端发现的方式，在此不再赘述。
S305：远端终端与中继终端建立PC5链路。
其中，远端终端与中继终端建立PC5链路的方式，可以参考S204和S205。
在远端终端与中继终端建立PC5链路后，中继终端可以根据第一RSC确定第二PDU会话是否能满足第一RSC对应的PDU会话参数(即远端终端用于中继的PDU会话参数)的要求。在中继终端确定已经建立的第二PDU会话不能满足第一RSC对应的PDU会话参数的要求时，中继终端可以根据第一RSC对应的PDU会话参数，请求与网络建立第三PDU会话，该第三PDU会话用于为远端终端传输第一应用的数据。
S306：远端终端通过中继终端获得远端终端的IP地址信息。
在一些实施例中，中继终端可以为远端终端分配用于与该中继终端进行中继的IP地址的IP地址信息。具体的，IP地址信息可以包括：远端终端与中继终端进行PC5链路的IP地址，IP地址信息还可以包括：中继终端向网络设备转发远端终端的数据对应的IP地址标识(例如，IP info)。
举例说明，远端终端在与中继终端的PC5链路上使用的IP地址为IP1。中继终端的PDU会话(例如，可以是上述第二PDU会话，还可以是第三PDU会话)对应的IP地址为IP2，中继终端为远端终端分配的IP info为IP1-1。例如，在中继终端的IP地址为IPv6时，该IP地址信息可以是相比中继终端的IP前缀更长的IP前缀的地址。从而，中继终端可以通过该IP地址(相比中继终端的IP前缀更长的IPv6prefix)向网络设备转发远端终端的数据。再比如，在中继终端的IP地址为IPv4时，中继终端为远端终端指定中继终端的端口号(TCP/UDP ports)。从而，中继终端可以通过该IPv4地址和该特定的端口号向网络设备转发远端终端的数据。
S307：中继终端向网络设备发送远端终端的IP地址信息。
在一些实施例中，中继终端可以通过PDU会话修改请求消息携带远端终端的IP地址信息和远端终端的标识。从而，网络设备可以通过远端终端的IP地址信息，与中继终端传输远端终端的数据。举例来说，网络设备可以是AMF和SMF。
S308：中继终端转发远端终端的数据。
对于上行传输，远端终端发送上行数据包时，将用于与中继终端通信的PC5链路的IP地址(例如，IP1)作为该上行数据包的源IP地址。中继终端收到该数据包后，修改源IP地址为IP1-1，并通过中继终端对应的PDU会话(例如，第三PDU会话)发送到UPF，进而发送到应用服务器。而中继终端与网络设备传输自身的数据可以通过第二PDU会话传输，对应的IP地址为IP2。
对于下行传输，中继终端从UPF收到目的IP地址为IP1-1数据包后，确定该数据为远 端终端的数据包，因此，中继终端可以修改目的IP地址为IP1，并通过与远端终端建立的PC5链路将该数据包发送给远端终端。
在层3中继模式下，由于中继终端根据IP地址转发远端终端的数据，若远端终端的数据在应用层没有加密的情况下，中继终端可以解析远端终端的数据，安全性不高。另外，远端终端利用中继终端的PDU会话传输与应用服务器之间的数据。如果随着终端移动导致中继终端更换或者远端终端可以直接连接到网络情况下，远端终端需要重新建立与应用服务器之间的连接，导致业务需要先中断再连接，影响业务连续性。
在图1b和图1c的应用场景下，如图4所示，提供了一种第一层3中继模式的连接建立流程。
S401：远端终端和中继终端分别注册到网络，获得授权信息及通信参数信息。
中继终端注册到网络，获得授权信息及通信参数信息的方式可以参考S301，在此不再赘述。
S402：远端终端与中继终端的发现和选择。
该步骤可以参考S303，在此不再赘述。
S403：远端终端与中继建立PC5通信链接。
可选的，中继为远端终端建立第四PDU会话，该第四PDU会话用于中继终端为远端终端传输信令或数据。
该步骤可以参考S304，在此不再赘述。
S404：中继终端为远端终端分配用于中继的IP地址。
该步骤可以参考S305，在此不再赘述。
S405：远端终端根据选择接入的N3IWF，确定该N3IWF的IP地址。
一种可能的实现方式，远端终端可以根据N3IWF标识信息，确定选择接入的N3IWF的IP地址。该N3IWF标识信息可以是HPLMN中的N3IWF的全量域名(Fully Qualified Domain Name，FQDN)或者IP地址。
S406：远端终端通过与中继终端之间的PC5链路和中继终端的第四PDU会话建立与N3IWF之间的IPsec隧道。
其中，远端终端通过选择接入的N3IWF，完成建立IPsec隧道的过程。
S407：通过IPsec隧道，远端终端发起NAS注册流程和PDU会话建立流程。
IPsec隧道建立完成后，远端终端与N3IWF可以通过IPsec隧道协议层加密传输远端终端的信令。例如，NAS注册流程和PDU会话建立流程等NAS信令都可以通过IPsec隧道在远端终端与N3IWF之间传输。
其中，远端终端通过中继终端的第四PDU会话先连接到远端终端的N3IWF，再通过N3IWF建立的第五PDU会话接入网络。
其中，远端终端通过N3IWF建立第五PDU会话。
S408：远端终端通过IPsec隧道，向网络设备发送数据。
其中，远端终端与N3IWF通过IPsec隧道协议层加密传输远端终端的信令和数据，使得中继终端不可解密远端终端的传输数据。另外，不论远端终端是通过非直接通信(经过中继)还是直接通信，都可以通过N3IWF建立的第五PDU会话，保持远端终端的第五PDU会话对应的UPF不变，即可以通过N3IWF建立的第五PDU会话实现在非直接通信与直接 通信之间相互切换，保持业务连续性。可以解决层3中继模式中的安全问题和业务连续性问题。
考虑到不同的中继模式的特性不同，可以适合的场景也各有不同，参见图5，本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法。以该方法应用于图1a或图1b所示的通信系统架构或图2a所示的应用场景为例。例如，该方法由网络设备、中继终端和远端终端执行为例。其中，网络设备可以包括接入网设备和核心网设备。例如，核心网设备可以包括PCF、UDM、AMF等。在如图5所示的方法中，由PCF向远端终端发送中继模式选择的第一策略信息，并由远端终端确定中继模式。
需要说明的是，图5～图8的介绍过程中，以层2中继模式、第一层3中继模式和第二层3中继模式共存的情况2进行说明本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法。在更少的中继模式共存的情况，例如，在层2中继模式和第一层3中继模式共存的情况下，或者，在层2中继模式和第二层3中继模式共存的情况下，或者，在第一层3中继模式和第二层3中继模式共存的情况下，可以参考图9中考虑中继模式包括层2中继模式和层3中继模式的情况1的实施方式。
S501：PCF获得第四中继模式。
其中，第四中继模式可以包括以下至少一项：第一应用对应的中继模式，远端终端支持的中继模式，或远端终端授权的中继模式。
其中，第一应用可以为远端终端的待传输的数据所对应的应用。
在S501中，PCF可以获得第一应用对应的中继模式。在一些实施例中，PCF可以通过中继模式及第一应用的业务特点，确定第一应用对应的中继模式。在另一些实施例中，PCF还可以通过其他核心网设备接收到第一应用对应的中继模式。例如，UDM通过中继模式及第一应用的业务特点，确定第一应用对应的中继模式。UDM确定第一应用对应的中继模式后，向PCF发送该第一应用对应的中继模式。
在S501中，PCF还可以获得远端终端支持的中继模式，或远端终端授权的中继模式。
举例来说，远端终端向AMF发送的NAS消息中包括远端终端支持的中继模式，AMF将远端终端支持的中继模式转发给PCF。其中，NAS消息可以是注册请求(registration request)消息。AMF可以通过UE策略控制创建请求(UE policy control creat request)消息将远端终端支持的中继模式转发给PCF。
再举例来说，在远端终端接入网络时，PCF从UDR获得远端终端的授权信息。
具体地，PCF通过数据管理查询(data management query)流程从UDR获得远端终端的授权信息。该授权信息可以包括该终端被授权为远端终端的相关信息。还可以包括该终端被授权使用的中继模式，例如，该终端被授权使用层2中继模式，或该终端被授权使用层3中继模式。再比如，还可以是该终端被授权使用第一层3中继模式，或该终端被授权使用第二层3中继模式。当然，被授权使用的中继模式还可以是中继模式中的多项，在此不做限定。从而，UDR可以根据远端终端的授权信息，确定远端终端授权的中继模式。UDR在确定远端终端授权的中继模式后，可以向PCF发送远端终端授权的中继模式，使得PCF获得远端终端授权的中继模式。
S502：PCF根据第四中继模式，向远端终端发送第一策略信息。
其中，第一策略信息可以包括：远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式。
远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式用于远端终端传输第一应用的数据。
举例来说，PCF通过UE配置更新(UE configuration update)流程向远端终端发送第一策略信息。具体地，PCF将第一策略信息放在UE策略容器(UE policy container)中，通过N1 N2消息转移(N1 N2 message transfer)消息将UE策略容器发送给AMF，AMF再通过NAS消息将UE策略容器发送给远端终端。
S503：远端终端根据第一策略信息，确定第一中继模式。
远端终端可以根据当前传输第一应用的数据的需求，确定选择第一中继模式。例如，当远端终端的应用层有第一应用的数据传输需求时，向远端终端的网络层请求确定第一中继模式。
S504：中继终端获得第一中继模式的信息。
为保证远端终端和中继终端都能采用第一中继模式传输第一应用的数据，远端终端可以通过与中继终端在发现过程或建立PC5链路的过程中，使得中继终端获得第一中继模式的信息。具体地，远端终端向中继终端发送发现消息或直接通信请求消息，消息中包括第一中继模式的信息。可选的，还可以通过发现过程或建立PC5链路的过程中，确定中继终端支持第一中继模式传输第一应用的数据。
S505：远端终端采用第一中继模式传输第一应用的数据。
相应的，中继终端采用第一中继模式，为远端终端传输第一应用的数据。
以第一中继模式为层2中继模式为例，远端终端与中继终端之间建立PC5链路(如图2中S204～S205)，远端终端发起通过中继终端的RRC连接(如图2中S206～S209),并执行后续的步骤，以实现基于层2中继模式传输第一应用的数据。
以第一中继模式为第二层3中继模式为例，远端终端与中继终端之间建立PC5链路(如图3中S305)，远端终端与中继终端执行IP分配(如图3中S306)，并执行后续的步骤，以实现基于第二层3中继模式传输第一应用的数据。此时，中继UE建立的第二PDU会话或第三PDU会话可以是基于第一中继模式对应的RSC确定的PDU会话参数确定的。也即是基于第一应用对应的PDU会话参数确定的。
以第一中继模式为第一层3中继模式为例，远端终端与中继终端之间建立PC5链路(如图4中S403)，远端终端与中继终端执行IP分配(如图3中S404)，并执行后续的步骤，以实现基于第二层3中继模式传输第一应用的数据。此时，中继UE建立的第四PDU会话可以是基于第一中继模式对应的RSC确定的PDU会话参数确定的。也即是基于第一应用对应的PDU会话参数确定的。
通过上述方法，PCF向远端终端发送中继模式选择的第一策略信息。远端终端根据第一策略信息确定第一中继模式，中继终端根据获得的第一中继模式的信息，确定是否支持第一中继模式，从而，使得网络控制或建议远端终端对于不同应用所选择的中继模式，进而满足不同应用的需求，使能不同的中继模式的协同工作。
下面以具体的例子说明S501中第一应用对应的中继模式的确定方式。
举例来说，第一应用具有安全需求，则根据表1，可以确定第一应用对应的中继模式可以包括以下至少一项：层2中继模式或第一层3中继模式。其中，第一层3中继模式可以为使用N3IWF的层3中继模式。再比如，第一应用具有高QoS要求时，则该第一应用 对应的中继模式可以包括以下至少一项：层2中继模式或第二层3中继模式。其中，第二层3中继模式为不使用N3IWF的层3中继模式。例如，第一应用具有业务连续性需求，则该第一应用对应的中继模式可以包括以下至少一项：层2中继模式或第一层3中继模式。
再比如，第一应用具有安全需求和高QoS要求时，第一应用对应的中继模式可以为层2中继模式。第一应用具有安全需求和高业务连续性要求时，第一应用对应的中继模式可以包括以下至少一项：层2中继模式或第一层3中继模式。
可选的，PCF还可以根据第一应用对不同性能的需要，确定第一应用对应的中继模式的优先级。例如，第一应用对安全需求要求较高，对高QoS要求相对安全需求较低时，可以设置第一应用对应的中继模式可以包括：层2中继模式和第一层3中继模式，且层2中继模式的优先级高于第一层3中继模式的优先级。
下面以具体的例子说明S501中远端终端支持的中继模式的确定方式。
具体的，可以是远端终端根据自身能力，确定远端终端支持的中继模式。一种可能的实现方式，考虑到不同中继模式的复杂度不同，远端终端可以根据自身处理能力，确定可以支持的中继模式，例如，在远端终端自身处理能力较低时，可以确定远端终端支持的中继模式为层2中继模式。例如，在远端终端自身处理能力较高时，可以确定远端终端支持的中继模式包括以下至少一项：层2中继模式、第一层3中继模式或第二层3中继模式。
另一种可能的实现方式，远端终端还可以根据自身协议栈的设置，确定远端终端支持的中继模式。例如，在远端终端支持适配层或协议栈支持层2转发时，可以确定远端终端支持层2中继模式，例如，在远端终端不支持适配层且支持IP路由时，可以确定远端终端支持第一层3中继模式或第二层3中继模式，例如，在远端终端支持在PC5协议栈上支持建立IPsec隧道时，可以确定远端终端支持第一层3中继模式。
下面以具体的例子举例说明S502中PCF确定终端的第一应用对应的中继模式的方式。
在一些实施例中，PCF可以根据远端终端的授权信息，例如，远端终端是否授权为远端终端，在确定该UE未授权为远端终端时，可以确定不为该UE发送该终端的第一应用对应的中继模式。在确定该UE授权为远端终端时，可以为该远端终端发送该终端的第一应用对应的中继模式。
在另一些实施例中，在第四中继模式包括第一应用对应的中继模式，远端终端支持的中继模式，或远端终端授权的中继模式中的多项时，PCF可以根据第一应用对应的中继模式，远端终端支持的中继模式，或远端终端授权的中继模式中的一项或多项，确定第一策略信息。
一种可能的实现方式中，远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式可以包括：层2中继模式，或层3中继模式中的至少一项；或，层2中继模式，第一层3中继模式，或第二层3中继模式中的至少一项。
具体的，PCF可以确认是否区分第一层3中继模式和第二层3中继模式的方式为远端终端发送第一策略信息。在PCF区分第一层3中继模式和第二层3中继模式(情况2-1)时，远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式可以包括：层2中继模式，第一层3中继模式，或第二层3中继模式中的至少一项。在PCF不区分第一层3中继模式和第二层3中继模式(情况2-2)时，远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式包括：层2中继模式，或层3中继模式中的至少一项。
下面以PCF区分第一层3中继模式和第二层3中继模式(情况2-1)为例进行说明， 不区分第一层3中继模式和第二层3中继模式的情况2-2可以参见区分第一层3中继模式和第二层3中继模式的情况2-1，在此不再赘述。
一种可能的实现方式，在第四中继模式包括第一应用对应的中继模式，远端终端支持的中继模式，和远端终端授权的中继模式时，PCF可以远端终端支持的中继模式和远端终端授权的中继模式，对第一应用对应的中继模式中包括的多项中继模式进行筛选，从而，确定出远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式。
例如，第一应用对应的中继模式包括：层2中继模式，第一层3中继模式。远端终端支持的中继模式包括：层2中继模式，第一层3中继模式，第二层3中继模式。远端终端授权的中继模式包括：层2中继模式，第二层3中继模式。此时，可以确定出远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式包括：层2中继模式。
再一种可能的实现方式，PCF可以通过远端终端支持的中继模式或远端终端授权的中继模式，对第一应用对应的中继模式中包括的多项中继模式进行筛选，得到第一策略信息包括的中继模式。
比如，第一应用对应的中继模式包括：层2中继模式，第一层3中继模式。远端终端支持的中继模式包括：层2中继模式，第一层3中继模式，第二层3中继模式。则可以确定远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式包括：层2中继模式，第一层3中继模式。
再比如，第一应用对应的中继模式包括：层2中继模式，第一层3中继模式，第二层3中继模式。远端终端授权的中继模式包括：层2中继模式，第二层3中继模式。则可以确定远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式包括：层2中继模式，第二层3中继模式。
从而，通过上述方法，PCF可以根据远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式，确定第一策略信息。其中，第一策略信息可以用于指示远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式，远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式用于远端终端传输第一应用的数据。
可选的，PCF还可以在远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式包括多个时，确定出相应中继模式的优先级，具体确定远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式的优先级的方法可以参考上述确定第一应用对应的中继模式的优先级的方法。例如，远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式的优先级可以是根据第一应用对应的中继模式的优先级确定的，还可以通过其他方式确定，在此不再赘述。
下面以方式A1～方式A3举例说明第一策略信息携带远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式的方式。
方式A1：远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式可以表示为：第一应用的标识，远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式的标识。
例如，在远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式为层2中继模式时，远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式可以表示为：第一应用的标识，层2中继模式的标识。
其中，中继模式的标识可以为新设置的中继模式的标识。例如，层2中继模式可以采用新设置的标识，用于指示该标识为层2中继模式。
或者，中继模式的标识还可以是复用现有的中继模式涉及到的标识，例如，在层3中继模式中，PCF需要向远端终端发送RSC与PDU会话参数的对应关系，因此，可以将相应的RSC携带在第一策略信息中发送给远端终端，用于指示远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式包括该RSC对应的中继模式。例如，该RSC对应的PDU会话参数用于建立第一层3中继模式，则该RSC用于指示的中继模式为第一层3中继模式。再比如，该RSC对应 的PDU会话参数用于建立第二层3中继模式，则该RSC用于指示的中继模式为第二层3中继模式。
方式A2：远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式可以表示为：第一应用与中继模式的对应关系。
可选的，第一策略信息中的第一应用与中继模式的对应关系还可以是通过远端终端支持的中继模式或授权的中继模式筛选后的对应关系。
再比如，远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式可以表示为：第一应用与远端终端的中继模式的对应关系。
示例性的，在远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式为层2中继模式和第一层3中继模式时，远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式可以表示为：第一应用与层2中继模式的对应关系，及第一应用与第一层3中继模式的对应关系。
再比如，远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式可以表示为：第一应用与中继模式的对应关系。可选的，第一策略信息还可以包括：远端终端被允许使用的中继模式，或远端终端被授权使用的中继模式。
例如，在确定第一应用的中继模式包括：层2中继模式、第一层3中继模式，第二层3中继模式；及远端终端支持或授权的中继模式包括：层2中继模式和第一层3中继模式，可以确定远端终端被允许(或被授权)使用的中继模式包括：远端终端对应的中继模式的标识(层2中继模式的标识和第一层3中继模式的标识)。
此时，远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式可以表示为：第一应用对应的中继模式的标识(例如，包括层2中继模式的标识、第一层3中继模式的标识，第二层3中继模式的标识)，远端终端与中继模式的对应关系(例如，包括层2中继模式、第一层3中继模式)。
从而，远端终端可以根据第一策略信息包括的第一应用与中继模式的对应关系及远端终端被允许(或被授权)使用的中继模式，确定远端终端的第一应用的中继模式。
示例性的，在第一应用对应的中继模式为层2中继模式、第二层3中继模式和第一层3中继模式，远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式为层2中继模式和第一层3中继模式时，远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式可以表示为：第一应用与层2中继模式、第二层3中继模式和第一层3中继模式的对应关系，及远端终端与层2中继模式和第一层3中继模式的对应关系。从而，可以确定远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式为层2中继模式和第一层3中继模式。
方式A3：远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式可以表示为：第一应用与RSC的对应关系，及RSC与中继模式的对应关系。
可选的，第一策略信息还可以包括：远端终端被允许使用的中继模式，或远端终端被授权使用的中继模式。
再比如，远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式可以表示为：第一应用与RSC的对应关系，及RSC与中继模式的对应关系。可选的，第一应用与RSC的对应关系还可以是通过远端终端支持的中继模式或授权的中继模式筛选后的对应关系。
再比如，远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式可以表示为：第一应用与RSC的对应关系，及RSC与中继模式的对应关系。可选的，第一策略信息还可以包括：远端终端被允许使用的中继模式，或远端终端被授权使用的中继模式。从而，远端终端可以根据第一策略信息包括的第一应用与RSC的对应关系，及RSC与中继模式的对应关系及远端终端被允 许(或被授权)使用的中继模式，确定远端终端的第一应用的中继模式。
考虑到在层2中继模式下，没有RSC与PDU会话参数的对应关系，因此，可以为层2中继模式单独设置RSC，该RSC可以仅用于指示与对应层2中继模式的对应关系。在层3中继模式下，存在层3中继模式下的RSC与PDU会话参数的对应关系，因此，可以复用层3中继模式下的与PDU会话参数存在对应关系的RSC，例如，RSC1对应的PDU会话参数用于建立第一层3中继模式，则该RSC1用于指示与第一层3中继模式的对应关系。再比如，RSC2对应的PDU会话参数用于建立第二层3中继模式，则RSC2用于指示与第二层3中继模式的对应关系。
举例来说，在远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式为层2中继模式和第一层3中继模式时，远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式可以表示为：第一应用与第一RSC的对应关系，第一RSC与层2中继模式的对应关系；第一应用与第二RSC的对应关系，第二RSC与第一层3中继模式的对应关系。
可选的，考虑在远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式有多个时，第一策略信息还可以包括远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式的优先级。
可选的，第一策略信息还可以包括RSC与PDU会话参数的对应关系。
下面举例介绍S503中远端终端根据第一策略信息，确定第一中继模式的方式。
结合情况2-1，在考虑不区分不同层3中继模式的情况下，第一中继模式可以为：层2中继模式，或层3中继模式。结合情况2-2，在考虑区分不同层3中继模式的情况下，第一中继模式可以为：层2中继模式，第一层3中继模式，或第二层3中继模式。
一种可能的实现方式，远端终端可以根据第一策略信息中远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式，确定第一中继模式。
例如，在远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式包括一项时，可以将远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式确定为第一中继模式。在远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式包括多项式，可以根据自身的需要，选择一项作为第一中继模式。
一种可能的实现方式，远端终端根据自身的能力在自身支持的中继模式和第一策略信息中，确定第一中继模式。
例如，在远端终端接收到第一策略信息之前，远端终端未发送远端终端支持的中继模式的情况下，远端终端根据自身的能力在自身支持的中继模式和第一策略信息中，确定第一中继模式。或者，远端终端在确定第一策略信息包括的远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式存在远端终端不支持的中继模式时，远端终端可以根据自身的能力在自身支持的中继模式和第一策略信息中，确定第一中继模式。
需要说明的是，在远端终端接收到第一策略信息之前，远端终端已发送远端终端支持的中继模式的情况下，远端终端可以根据第一策略信息，确定第一中继模式。
另一种可能的实现方式，远端终端还可以根据远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式的优先级确定第一中继模式。例如，远端终端选择优先级最高的中继模式。
下面以方式B1和方式B2举例介绍S504中远端终端确定第一中继模式的信息的方式，考虑到在不同的场景下，方式B1和方式B2的实现方式也有所不同，下面以场景1和场景2举例说明。
场景1，层2中继模式没有对应设置的RSC。
方式B1，在第一中继模式为层2中继模式时，则第一中继模式的信息不包括RSC。从而隐式指示了第一中继模式为层2中继模式。在第一中继模式为除层2中继模式之外的其他中继模式时，第一中继模式的信息包括：第一中继模式对应的RSC。
例如，在第一中继模式为第一层3中继模式或第二层3中继模式，则第一中继模式的信息可以包括：RSC。
其中，该RSC可以是对应指示用于第一层3中继模式的PDU会话参数对应的RSC，也可以是对应指示用于第二层3中继模式的PDU会话参数对应的RSC。
此时，远端终端可以根据第一应用对应的PDU会话参数，及RSC与PDU会话参数的对应关系确定RSC，并用该RSC作为第一中继模式的信息，以指示第一中继模式。而第一中继模式是根据第一策略信息携带的远端终端对应的第一应用的中继模式确定的。
再比如，该RSC可以是第一策略信息中携带的指示第一层3中继模式或第二层3中继模式对应的RSC。此时，远端终端可以根据第一策略信息携带的RSC，确定采用第一层3中继模式后，同时可以确定相应的RSC，并根据该RSC确定该RSC对应的PDU会话参数。
方式B2，第一中继模式的信息包括：用于指示第一中继模式的第一指示信息。
一种可能的实现方式，第一指示信息可以为第一中继模式的标识。例如，在第一中继模式为层2中继模式时，第一中继模式的信息为层2中继模式的标识。在第一中继模式为层3中继模式时，第一中继模式的信息为层3中继模式的标识。在第一中继模式为第一层3中继模式时，第一中继模式的信息为第一层3中继模式的标识。在第一中继模式为第二层3中继模式时，第一中继模式的信息为第二层3中继模式的标识。
另一种可能的实现方式，第一指示信息可以为第一中继模式所需的中继终端的中继能力信息。例如，在第一中继模式为层2中继模式时，第一指示信息可以为中继终端的层2中继能力信息，如层2转发的能力。在第一中继模式为层3中继模式时，第一指示信息可以为中继终端的层3中继能力信息，如IP层转发的能力。在第一中继模式为第一层3中继模式时，第一指示信息可以为中继终端的第一层3中继能力信息。在第一中继模式为第二层3中继模式时，第一指示信息可以为中继终端的第二层3中继能力信息。
场景2，层2中继模式存在对应设置的RSC。
此时，可以采用方式B1或采用方式B2确定第一中继模式的信息。
例如，以方式B1为例，第一中继模式的信息包括：第一中继模式对应的RSC。
此时，远端终端可以在确定第一中继模式后，可以根据第一策略信息携带的RSC，确定第一中继模式的信息。或者，远端终端可以在确定第一中继模式后，例如，该第一中继模式为层3中继模式，或第一层3中继模式，或第二层3中继模式后，还可以根据第一应用对应的PDU会话参数，及RSC与PDU会话参数的对应关系确定RSC，并用该RSC作为第一中继模式的信息，以指示第一中继模式。
例如，在第一中继模式为层2中继模式时，则第一中继模式的信息可以包括层2中继模式对应的RSC。在第一中继模式为第一层3中继模式时，则第一中继模式的信息包括：第一层3中继模式对应的RSC。在第一中继模式为第二层3中继模式，则第一中继模式的信息包括：第二层3中继模式对应的RSC。在第一中继模式为层3中继模式，则第一中继模式的信息包括：层3中继模式对应的RSC。
以方式B2为例，第一中继模式的信息包括：用于指示第一中继模式的第一指示信息。 具体方式可以参见场景1，在此不再赘述。
下面以方式C1和方式C2举例说明S504中中继终端获得第一中继模式的信息的方式。
方式C1，中继终端接收来自远端终端的第一消息。第一消息包含第一中继模式的信息。其中，第一消息可以为发现消息或直接通信请求消息。远端终端向中继终端发送发现消息的方式可以参见图2，图3和图4中远端终端与中继终端进行发现过程。远端终端向中继终端发送直接通信请求消息的方式可以参见图2，图3和图4中远端终端与中继终端进行PC5链路的过程，在此不再赘述。
结合场景1和场景2，在第一中继模式为层3中继模式时，第一消息包含层3中继模式的信息。例如，第一消息包含：层3中继模式对应的第一指示信息，或者，第一消息包含：层3中继模式对应的RSC。
结合场景1和场景2，在第一中继模式为第一层3中继模式时，第一消息包含第一层3中继模式的信息。例如，第一消息包含：第一层3中继模式对应的第一指示信息，或者，第一消息包含：第一层3中继模式对应的RSC。
结合场景1和场景2，在第一中继模式为第二层3中继模式时，第一消息包含第二层3中继模式的信息。例如，第一消息包含：第二层3中继模式对应的第一指示信息，或者，第一消息包含：第二层3中继模式对应的RSC。
结合场景1的方式B2及场景2，在第一中继模式为层2中继模式时，第一消息包含层2中继模式的信息。例如，第一消息包含：层2中继模式对应的第一指示信息，或者，第一消息包含：层2中继模式对应的RSC。
方式C2，中继终端接收来自远端终端的第二消息，第二消息不包括RSC。
结合场景1的方式B1，在第一中继模式为层2中继模式时，第二消息为发现消息或直接通信请求消息。此时，中继终端可以根据第二消息，确定第一中继模式为层2中继模式。
一种可能的实现方式，中继终端还可以基于获得的第一中继模式的信息，确定是否支持第一中继模式。下面以方式D1和方式D2举例说明中继终端确定是否支持第一中继模式的方式。
方式D1，中继终端根据中继终端支持的中继模式，确定是否支持第一中继模式。
例如，中继终端可以根据中继终端自身的能力，确定是否支持第一中继模式，或者，中继终端还可以根据中继终端在注册过程中获得的授权信息，确定是否支持第一中继模式。例如，中继终端根据授权信息中是否授权为中继终端，或者还可以根据是否被授权第一中继模式，确定是否支持第一中继模式。
方式D2，中继终端获得第二策略信息，根据第二策略信息，确定是否支持第一中继模式。具体的可以包括以下步骤一和步骤二：
步骤一、PCF获得第五中继模式。
其中，第五中继模式包括以下至少一项：中继终端支持的中继模式，或中继终端授权的中继模式。
一种可能的实现方式，PCF接收来自中继终端的中继终端支持的中继模式。
例如，中继终端向AMF发送NAS消息，该NAS消息携带中继终端支持的中继模式，AMF将中继终端支持的中继模式转发给PCF。其中，NAS消息可以是注册请求消息。此 时，PCF可以根据中继终端支持的中继模式，获得第五中继模式或第五中继模式中的一项。
另一种可能的实现方式，PCF接收来自UDR的中继终端授权的中继模式。此时，PCF可以根据中继终端授权的中继模式，获得第五中继模式或第五中继模式中的一项。
步骤二、PCF根据第五中继模式，向中继终端发送第二策略信息。
其中，第二策略信息包括中继终端的中继模式。
举例来说，PCF通过UE配置更新流程向中继终端发送第二策略信息。具体地，PCF将第二策略信息放在UE策略容器中，通过N1 N2消息转移消息将UE策略容器发送给AMF，AMF再通过NAS消息将UE策略容器发送给中继终端。
在不区分第一层3中继模式和第二层3中继模式的情况2-2下，中继终端的中继模式可以包括：层2中继模式，或层3中继模式中的至少一项。在区分第一层3中继模式和第二层3中继模式的情况2-1下，中继终端的中继模式可以包括：层2中继模式，第一层3中继模式，或第二层3中继模式中的至少一项。
下面以在区分第一层3中继模式和第二层3中继模式的情况2-1为例进行说明，不区分第一层3中继模式和第二层3中继模式的情况2-2可以参见区分第一层3中继模式和第二层3中继模式的情况2-1，在此不再赘述。
一种可能的实现方式，PCF根据中继终端支持的中继模式和/或中继终端授权的中继模式，确定中继终端的中继模式。
例如，PCF根据中继终端支持的中继模式，确定中继终端的中继模式。例如，中继终端支持的中继模式包括：层2中继模式，第一层3中继模式，第二层3中继模式。则可以确定中继终端的中继模式包括：层2中继模式，第一层3中继模式，第二层3中继模式。
再比如，PCF根据中继终端授权的中继模式，确定中继终端的中继模式。例如，中继终端授权的中继模式包括：层2中继模式，第一层3中继模式，第二层3中继模式。则可以确定中继终端的中继模式包括：层2中继模式，第一层3中继模式，第二层3中继模式。
再比如，PCF根据中继终端支持的中继模式和中继终端授权的中继模式，确定中继终端的中继模式。例如，中继终端支持的中继模式包括：层2中继模式，第一层3中继模式，第二层3中继模式。中继终端授权的中继模式包括：层2中继模式，第二层3中继模式。则可以确定中继终端的中继模式包括：层2中继模式，第二层3中继模式。
可选的，PCF还可以在中继终端的中继模式包括多个时，确定出相应中继模式的优先级，从而，中继终端可以基于中继模式的优先级，确定是否支持第一中继模式。
一种可能的实现方式中，中继终端可以根据中继终端的中继模式的优先级高于预设阈值的中继模式是否为第一中继模式，确定是否支持第一中继模式。在中继终端的中继模式的优先级较高的中继模式为第一中继模式时，确定支持第一中继模式。在中继终端的中继模式的优先级高于预设阈值的中继模式没有第一中继模式时，确定不支持第一中继模式。
其中预设阈值可以是基于中继终端的能力或功耗的需求确定的，还可以使用中继终端与远端终端的中继连接的情况确定的，例如，在中继终端未与任何一个远端终端建立中继时，可以设置较低的预设阈值，在中继终端与至少一个远端终端建立中继时，可以设置更高的预设阈值，在此不做限定。
具体确定中继终端的中继模式的优先级的方法可以参考上述确定第一应用对应的中继模式的优先级的方法。例如，中继终端的中继模式的优先级可以是根据授权模式和支持的中继模式的优先级确定的，例如，授权模式的优先级高于支持的中继模式的优先级，还 可以通过其他方式确定，在此不再赘述。此时，第二策略信息还可以包括：中继终端的中继模式的优先级。
下面以方式E1～方式E2举例说明第二策略信息携带中继终端的中继模式的方式。
方式E1：中继终端的中继模式可以表示为：中继终端的中继模式的标识。
例如，中继终端的中继模式为层2中继模式时，第二策略信息包括：层2中继模式的标识。
方式E2：中继终端的中继模式可以表示为：中继终端的中继模式与RSC的对应关系。
例如，中继终端的中继模式为层2中继模式时，中继终端的中继模式可以表示为：用于指示层2中继模式的RSC，该RSC对应指示层2中继模式。
再比如，中继终端的中继模式为第一层3中继模式时，中继终端的中继模式可以表示为：用于指示第一层3中继模式的RSC，该RSC对应指示第一层3中继模式。可选的，该RSC还可以用于指示第一层3中继模式对应的PDU会话参数，在此不做限定。
相应的，中继终端获得第二策略信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第二策略信息为考虑了中继终端支持的中继模式，或中继终端授权的中继模式后确定的，此时，中继终端可以根据获得的第二策略信息中是否包括第一中继模式后，确定是否支持第一中继模式。
例如，中继终端根据获得的第二策略信息，确定第二策略信息中的中继终端的中继模式包括层2中继模式和第一层3中继模式，此时，在第一中继模式为层2中继模式时，可以确定中继终端支持第一中继模式。
另一种可能的实现方式中，中继终端可以根据获得的第二策略信息中是否包括第一中继模式，及中继终端支持的中继模式，确定是否支持第一中继模式。
例如，中继终端根据获得的第二策略信息，确定第二策略信息中的中继终端的中继模式包括层2中继模式和第一层3中继模式，中继终端确定自身支持的中继模式包括：第一层3中继模式和第二层3中继模式，此时，在第一中继模式为层2中继模式时，可以确定中继终端不支持第一中继模式。
结合方式C1，中继终端在确定支持第一中继模式时，还可以向远端终端发送第一响应消息，第一响应消息用于响应第一消息，第一响应消息包含第二指示信息，第二指示信息用于指示中继终端支持第一中继模式。
举例来说，在第一消息为发现消息时，第一响应消息为发现响应消息。在第一消息为直接通信请求消息时，第一响应消息为直接通信响应消息。
可选的，中继终端还可以在确定不支持第一中继模式时，响应该第一消息，用于指示中继终端不支持第一中继模式。或者，中继终端还可以在确定不支持第一中继模式时，不响应该第一消息，以隐式表示中继终端定不支持第一中继模式。
结合方式C2，中继终端在确定支持第一中继模式时，还可以中继终端向远端终端发送第二响应消息，第二响应消息用于响应第二消息，第二响应消息包含第二指示信息，第二指示信息用于指示中继终端支持第一中继模式。
举例来说，在第二消息为发现消息时，第二消息的响应消息为发现响应消息。在第二消息为直接通信请求消息时，第二消息的响应消息为直接通信响应消息。
可选的，中继终端还可以在确定不支持第一中继模式时，响应该第二消息，用于指示中继终端不支持第一中继模式。或者，中继终端还可以在确定不支持第一中继模式时，不 响应该第二消息，以隐式表示中继终端定不支持第一中继模式。
下面以一个具体的示例举例说明上述实施例的具体实现方式(场景1，层2中继模式没有对应设置的RSC，且层2中继模式、第一层3中继模式和第二层3中继模式共存的情况2-1)，如图6所示，本申请提供一种通信方法，包括：
S601：PCF向远端终端发送第一策略信息。
一种可能的实现方式，PCF可以通过AMF向远端终端发送的NAS消息中携带第一策略信息。
举例来说，PCF通过UE配置更新流程向远端终端发送第一策略信息。具体可以参见S502。
可选的，在PCF发送第一策略信息之前，远端终端还可以通过AMF向PCF发送远端终端支持的中继模式或远端终端的中继能力(例如，是否支持层2中继模式或层3中继模式)。举例来说，远端终端向AMF发送的NAS消息中包括远端终端支持的中继模式，AMF将远端终端支持的中继模式转发给PCF。其中，NAS消息可以是注册请求消息。AMF可以通过UE策略控制创建请求消息将远端终端支持的中继模式转发给PCF。从而，PCF可以根据远端终端支持的中继模式，确定第一策略信息。具体确定第一策略信息的方式可以参考上述S501和S502，在此不再赘述。
第一策略信息用于指示远端终端的第一应用的中继模式，远端终端的第一应用的中继模式可以包括以下至少一项：层2中继模式，第一层3中继模式，或第二层3中继模式。
可选的，第一策略信息还可以包括：远端终端的第一应用的中继模式的优先级。
可选的，第一策略信息还可以包括RSC与PDU会话参数的对应关系。
具体的，第一策略信息包括层2中继模式，第一层3中继模式，或第二层3中继模式的方式可以参考方式A1～方式A2，在此不再赘述。
S602：远端终端根据第一策略信息，确定第一中继模式。
其中，第一中继模式为：层2中继模式，第一层3中继模式，或第二层3中继模式。
具体远端终端根据第一策略信息，确定第一中继模式可以参考S503。
S603：PCF向中继终端发送第二策略信息。
一种可能的实现方式，PCF可以是中继终端注册到网络后，通过AMF向中继终端发送第二策略信息。举例来说，PCF可以通过UE配置更新流程向中继终端发送第二策略信息。具体可以参见方式D2中的PCF向中继终端发送第二策略信息的方式。
可选的，在PCF发送第二策略信息之前，中继终端还可以通过AMF向PCF发送中继终端支持的中继模式或中继终端的中继能力(如是否支持层2中继或层3中继)。从而，PCF可以根据中继终端支持的中继模式，确定第二策略信息。举例来说，中继终端向AMF发送的NAS消息中包括中继终端支持的中继模式，AMF将中继端终端支持的中继模式转发给PCF。其中，NAS消息可以是注册请求消息。AMF可以通过UE策略控制创建请求消息将中继终端支持的中继模式转发给PCF。具体确定第二策略信息的方式可以参考上述方式D2中继终端获得第二策略信息的方式，在此不再赘述。
第二策略信息可以包括中继终端的中继模式。中继终端的中继模式以下至少一项：层2中继模式，第一层3中继模式，或第二层3中继模式。
其中，第二策略信息可以包括中继终端的中继模式的方式可以参考E1和E2，在此不 再赘述。
可选的，第二策略信息还可以包括：中继终端的中继模式的优先级，可选的，第二策略信息还可以包括RSC与PDU会话参数的对应关系。
S604a：远端终端发送第一消息。
其中，第一消息包括：第一中继模式的信息。
例如，在第一中继模式为第一层3中继模式或第二层3中继模式时，远端终端的第一消息包括RSC，该RSC对应第一层3中继模式或第二层3中继模式。其中，第一消息可以是发现消息或直接通信请求消息。
可选的，第一消息中带有第一层3中继能力或第二层3中继能力的需求，例如，第一消息携带第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示请求确认中继终端是否支持第一层3中继能力或第二层3中继能力。
S604b：远端终端发送第二消息。
其中，第二消息不包括：RSC。
远端终端的第二消息不包括RSC。
例如，在第一中继模式为层2中继模式，则发送第二消息，其中，第二消息可以是发现消息或直接通信请求消息。
S605a：中继终端向远端终端发送第一响应消息。
其中，中继终端可以确定是否支持第一层3中继模式或第二层3中继模式。
一种可能的实现方式，中继终端根据第二策略信息，确定是否支持第一层3中继模式或第二层3中继模式。
另一种可能的实现方式，中继终端根据第二策略信息及自身的能力，确定是否支持第一层3中继模式或第二层3中继模式。
再一种可能的实现方式，中继终端根据第一消息中的第一指示信息及自身的能力，确定是否支持第一层3中继模式或第二层3中继模式。
需要说明的是，中继终端发送第一响应消息可以是可选的。举例来说，在第一消息为发现消息时，第一响应消息为发现响应消息。在第一消息为直接通信请求消息时，第一响应消息为直接通信响应消息。具体实施方式可以参考方式C1和S504。
S605b：中继终端向远端终端发送第二消息的响应消息。
其中，中继终端可以确定是否支持层2中继模式。
一种可能的实现方式，中继终端根据第二策略信息，确定是否支持层2中继模式。
另一种可能的实现方式，中继终端根据第二策略信息及自身的能力，确定是否支持层2中继模式。
再一种可能的实现方式，中继终端根据第一消息中的第一指示信息及自身的能力，确定是否支持层2中继模式。
需要说明的是，中继终端发送第二消息的响应消息可以是可选的。举例来说，在第二消息为发现消息时，第二响应消息为发现响应消息。在第二消息为直接通信请求消息时，第二响应消息为直接通信响应消息。具体实施方式可以参考方式C2和S504。
可选的，当中继终端支持中继发现请求才响应。
S606：远端终端采用第一中继模式传输第一应用的数据。
相应的，中继终端采用第一中继模式，为远端终端传输第一应用的数据。
具体可以参考S505，在此不再赘述。
通过上述方法，PCF向远端终端发送中继模式选择的第一策略信息，PCF还可以向中继终端发送中继模式选择的第二策略信息。远端终端根据第一策略信息确定第一中继模式，中继终端根据第二策略信息确定是否支持第一中继模式，从而，使得网络控制或建议远端终端对于不同应用所选择的中继模式，进而满足不同应用的需求，使能不同的中继模式的协同工作。
下面以具体的示例举例说明上述实施例的一种具体实现方式，以场景2(第一策略信息中还可以包括层2中继模式对应的RSC)及情况2-1举例，此时，第一中继模式的信息可以包括层2中继模式对应的RSC。如图7所示，本申请提供一种通信方法，包括：
S701：PCF向远端终端发送第一策略信息。
其中，第一策略信息可以用于指示远端终端的第一应用的中继模式，远端终端的第一应用的中继模式可以包括以下至少一项：层2中继模式，第一层3中继模式，或第二层3中继模式。具体可以参见S501和S502。举例来说，PCF通过UE配置更新流程向远端终端发送第一策略信息。
远端终端的第一应用的中继模式的指示方式可以参考方式A1～方式A2中的情况2-1的实现方式，在此不再赘述。例如，第一策略信息可以包括：远端终端的第一应用的中继模式对应的RSC。
S702：远端终端根据第一策略信息，确定第一中继模式。
其中，第一中继模式可以包括以下至少一项：层2中继模式，第一层3中继模式，或第二层3中继模式。
在具体实施过程中，远端终端根据第一策略信息确定第一中继模式的方式可以参考S503。
S703：PCF向中继终端发送第二策略信息。
其中，第二策略信息可以包括中继终端的中继模式的方式可以参考E1和E2，在此不再赘述。例如，第二策略信息可以包括：中继终端的中继模式对应的RSC。
PCF向中继终端发送第二策略信息的方式可以参考S603，举例来说，PCF可以通过UE配置更新流程向中继终端发送第二策略信息。
S704：远端终端发送第一消息。
其中，第一消息包括第一中继模式的信息。例如，第一消息中包括第一中继模式对应的RSC。具体实现方式可以参考场景2中的方式B1和方式B2，在此不再赘述。
S705：中继终端确定是否支持该第一中继模式。
一种可能的实现方式，中继终端根据第二策略信息中的RSC，确定是否支持该RSC。
另一种可能的实现方式，中继终端根据第二策略信息中的RSC确定是否支持该RSC后，还可以根据自身的中继能力，确定是否支持该RSC对应的中继模式。
再一种可能的实现方式，中继终端根据第一消息中的第一指示信息及自身的能力，确定是否支持第一中继模式。
可选的，中继终端发送第一响应消息。具体实施方式可以参考方式C1和S504。举例来说，在第一消息为发现消息时，第一响应消息为发现响应消息。在第一消息为直接通信请求消息时，第一响应消息为直接通信响应消息。
S706：远端终端采用第一中继模式传输第一应用的数据。
相应的，中继终端采用第一中继模式，为远端终端传输第一应用的数据。
具体可以参考S505，在此不再赘述。
通过上述方法，PCF向远端终端发送中继模式选择的第一策略信息，PCF还可以向中继终端发送中继模式选择的第二策略信息。远端终端根据第一策略信息确定第一中继模式，中继终端根据第二策略信息确定是否支持第一中继模式，从而，使得网络控制或建议远端终端对于不同应用所选择的中继模式，进而满足不同应用的需求，使能不同的中继模式的协同工作。并且使得指示不同的中继模式时可以保持信元一致性(都使用RSC)，还可以节省信令的开销。
下面以具体的示例举例说明上述实施例的一种具体实现方式，在应用与RSC及中继模式存在对应关系的场景及情况2-1下的举例，此时，第一策略信息中的远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式可以通过多个对应关系表示。如图8所示，本申请提供一种通信方法，包括：
S801：PCF向远端终端发送第一策略信息。
第一策略信息包括：第一应用与RSC的映射关系，RSC与中继模式的对应关系。
其中，第一策略信息可以用于指示远端终端的第一应用的中继模式，远端终端的第一应用的中继模式可以包括以下至少一项：层2中继模式，第一层3中继模式，或第二层3中继模式。远端终端的第一应用的中继模式的指示方式可以参考方式A3中的实现方式，在此不再赘述。具体可以参见S501和S502。举例来说，PCF通过UE配置更新流程向远端终端发送第一策略信息。
S802：远端终端根据第一策略信息，确定第一中继模式。
其中，第一中继模式可以包括以下至少一项：层2中继模式，第一层3中继模式，或第二层3中继模式。在具体实施过程中，远端终端根据第一策略信息确定第一中继模式的方式可以参考S503。
例如，远端终端根据第一应用与RSC的对应关系，及第一应用确定第一应用对应的RSC。并根据第一应用对应的RSC，及RSC与中继模式的对应关系，确定第一应用对应的RSC对应的中继模式为第一中继模式。可选的，还可以根据远端终端的中继能力及RSC的优先级确定RSC，从而根据该RSC对应的中继模式，确定第一中继模式。
S803：PCF向中继终端发送第二策略信息。
其中，第二策略信息可以包括中继终端的中继模式的方式可以参考E1和E2，在此不再赘述。第二策略信息包括：RSC与中继模式的对应关系，可选的，第二策略信息可以包括：RSC与PDU会话参数的对应关系。举例来说，PCF可以通过UE配置更新流程向中继终端发送第二策略信息。具体可以参见方式D2中的PCF向中继终端发送第二策略信息的方式。
S804：远端终端发送第一消息。
其中，第一消息包括第一中继模式的信息。
举例来说，第一消息可以是发现消息或直接通信请求消息。具体实现方式可以参考方式B1和场景2的方式B2，在此不再赘述。例如，第一中继模式的信息为第一中继模式对应的RSC。
S805：中继终端根据第一消息，确定是否支持第一中继模式的信息对应的第一中继模式。
例如，在第一中继模式的信息为第一中继模式对应的RSC时，中继终端可以根据第二策略信息是否包括该RSC，确定是否支持该RSC。
另一种可能的实现方式，中继终端可以根据第二策略信息确定第一消息中的RSC对应的中继模式(第一中继模式)，并根据自身的中继能力确定是否支持第一中继模式。
可选的，中继终端发送第一响应消息。具体实施方式可以参考方式C1和S504。举例来说，在第一消息为发现消息时，第一响应消息为发现响应消息。在第一消息为直接通信请求消息时，第一响应消息为直接通信响应消息。
S806：远端终端采用第一中继模式传输第一应用的数据。
相应的，中继终端采用第一中继模式，为远端终端传输第一应用的数据。
具体可以参考S505，在此不再赘述。
通过上述方法，PCF向远端终端发送中继模式选择的第一策略信息，PCF还可以向中继终端发送中继模式选择的第二策略信息。远端终端根据第一策略信息确定第一中继模式，中继终端根据第二策略信息确定是否支持第一中继模式，从而，使得网络控制或建议远端终端对于不同应用所选择的中继模式，进而满足不同应用的需求，使能不同的中继模式的协同工作。另外，通过第一策略信息中设置更多层次的对应关系，可以灵活的配置第一策略信息。
下面以具体的示例举例说明上述实施例的一种具体实现方式，以层2中继模式和层3中继模式共存的情况1为例。如图9所示，本申请提供一种通信方法，包括：
S901：PCF向远端终端发送第一策略信息。
其中，第一策略信息可以用于指示远端终端的第一应用的中继模式，远端终端的第一应用的中继模式可以包括以下至少一项：层2中继模式，或层3中继模式。远端终端的第一应用的中继模式的指示方式可以参考方式A1～A3中的实现方式，在此不再赘述。举例来说，PCF通过UE配置更新流程向远端终端发送第一策略信息。具体可以参见S501和S502。
S902：远端终端根据第一策略信息，确定第一中继模式。
其中，第一中继模式可以包括以下至少一项：层2中继模式，或层3中继模式。在具体实施过程中，远端终端根据第一策略信息确定第一中继模式的方式可以参考S503。
S903：PCF向中继终端发送第二策略信息。
其中，第二策略信息可以包括中继终端的中继模式。中继终端的中继模式以下至少一项：层2中继模式，或层3中继模式。
举例来说，PCF可以通过UE配置更新流程向中继终端发送第二策略信息。具体可以参见方式D2中的PCF向中继终端发送第二策略信息的方式。
S904：中继终端获得第一中继模式的信息。
例如，可以是远端终端发送第一消息。其中，第一消息包括：第一中继模式的信息。第一中继模式的信息为层3中继模式的信息。或者，参考远端终端发送第二消息。其中，第二消息不包括RSC，用于隐式指示第一中继模式为层2中继模式的信息。
再比如，可以是远端终端发送第一消息。其中，第一消息包括：第一中继模式的信息。 第一中继模式的信息为层3中继模式的信息。或者，第一中继模式的信息为层2中继模式的信息。
举例来说，第一消息可以是发现消息或直接通信请求消息。具体可以参考S504。
S905：中继终端确定是否支持第一中继模式。
一种可能的实现方式，中继终端根据第二策略信息中的中继终端的中继模式，确定是否支持第一消息中的第一中继模式。另一种可能的实现方式，中继终端根据第二策略信息确定是否存在该第一中继模式的信息后，还可以根据自身的中继能力，确定是否支持该第一中继模式的信息对应的中继模式。再一种可能的实现方式，中继终端根据第一消息中的第一指示信息及自身的能力，确定是否支持第一中继模式。可选的，中继终端发送第一响应消息。举例来说，在第一消息为发现消息时，第一响应消息为发现响应消息。在第一消息为直接通信请求消息时，第一响应消息为直接通信响应消息。具体实施方式可以参考场景2中的方式C1和S504。
例如，在第一中继模式为层3中继模式时，一种可能的实现方式，中继终端根据第二策略信息，确定是否支持层3中继模式。另一种可能的实现方式，中继终端根据第二策略信息及自身的能力，确定是否支持层3中继模式。可选的，中继终端发送第一响应消息。举例来说，在第一消息为发现消息时，第一响应消息为发现响应消息。在第一消息为直接通信请求消息时，第一响应消息为直接通信响应消息。具体实施方式可以参考场景1中的方式C1和S504。
例如，在第一中继模式为层2中继模式时，一种可能的实现方式，中继终端根据第二策略信息，确定是否支持层2中继模式。另一种可能的实现方式，中继终端根据第二策略信息及自身的能力，确定是否支持层2中继模式。再一种可能的实现方式，中继终端根据第一消息中的第一指示信息及自身的能力，确定是否支持层2中继模式。可选的，中继终端发送第二消息的响应消息。举例来说，在第二消息为发现消息时，第二消息的响应消息为发现响应消息。在第二消息为直接通信请求消息时，第二消息的响应消息为直接通信响应消息。具体实施方式可以参考方式C2和S504。可选的，当中继终端支持中继模式后才响应该第二消息。
S906：远端终端采用第一中继模式传输第一应用的数据。
相应的，中继终端采用第一中继模式，为远端终端传输第一应用的数据。
具体可以参考S505，在此不再赘述。
通过上述方法，网络控制或建议远端终端对于不同应用所选择的中继模式，进而满足不同应用的需求，使能不同的中继模式的协同工作。不再区分第一层3中继模式和第二层3中继模式，可以简化第一策略信息和第二策略信息，减少信令开销。
本申请提供一种通信方法，请参见图10，为该方法的流程图。以该方法应用于图1a或图1b所示的通信系统架构或图1c所示的应用场景为例。远端终端可以通过发送第二中继模式，获得所有可能支持的中继终端及支持的中继模式，提升了远端终端选择中继模式的成功率，相比实施方式2，可以降低了中继模式确定失败导致的信令的开销。
需要说明的是，在图10～图12的介绍过程中，以层2中继模式、第一层3中继模式和第二层3中继模式共存的情况2进行说明。在更少的中继模式共存的情况，例如，在层2中继模式和第一层3中继模式共存的情况下，或者，在层2中继模式和第二层3中继模式 共存的情况下，或者，在第一层3中继模式和第二层3中继模式共存的情况下，可以参考图10～图12中不区分第一层3中继模式和第二层3中继模式的情况2-2(即中继模式包括层2中继模式和层3中继模式)的实施方式。具体包括：
S1001：PCF向远端终端发送第一策略信息。
举例来说，PCF通过UE配置更新流程向远端终端发送第一策略信息。具体实现方式，可以参考S501和S502，在此不再赘述。
S1002：远端终端根据第一策略信息，确定第二中继模式。
此时，第二中继模式可以为远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式中的一项或多项。即第二中继模式包括：层2中继模式，或层3中继模式中的至少一项；或，层2中继模式，第一层3中继模式，或第二层3中继模式中的至少一项。
因此，远端终端可以通过发送第二中继模式，获得所有可能支持的中继终端及支持的中继模式，避免了远端终端在确定第一中继模式后，可能出现无法获得支持第一中继模式的中继终端，从而，远端终端需要再次发起发现中继终端的过程来发现支持第一中继模式的中继终端，或者，远端终端需要更新第一中继模式，再次发起发现中继终端的过程来发现支持第一中继模式的中继终端，提高了发现合适的中继模式的成功率。
具体远端终端确定第二中继模式的方式，可以参考远端终端确定第一中继模式的方式，第二中继模式与第一中继模式的区别在于，第二中继模式可以为一项或多项，在此不再赘述。
S1003：远端终端发送第二发现消息。
其中，远端终端可以通过广播的方式发送第二发现消息，也可以通过单播或组播的方式发送该第二发现消息，本申请不做限定。
一种可能的实现方式，第二发现消息包括第二中继模式的信息。其中，第二中继模式的信息包括以下至少一项：第二中继模式对应的RSC；或者，用于指示第二中继模式的第三指示信息。从而，中继终端获得第二中继模式的信息。
具体远端终端确定第二中继模式的信息的方式，可以参考远端终端确定第一中继模式的信息的方式，在此不再赘述。
S1004：中继终端根据第二中继模式的信息，向远端终端发送第三中继模式的信息。
其中，第三中继模式包括第二中继模式中的至少一项，且中继终端支持第三中继模式。
一种可能的实现方式，中继终端可以根据第二中继模式的信息，确定是否支持第二中继模式，从而确将支持的第二中继模式，确定为第三中继模式。并根据支持的第二中继模式对应的第二中继模式的信息，确定出第三中继模式的信息。例如，在第二中继模式的信息包括：层2中继模式对应的RSC时，在中继终端确定支持层2中继模式时，可以将层2中继模式对应的RSC作为第三中继模式的信息。
S1005：远端终端根据第三中继模式的信息，确定第一中继模式。
其中，远端终端可以根据第三中继模式的信息，确定第三中继模式，从而，在第三中继模式中，确定一个中继模式作为第一中继模式，并相应确定第一中继模式对应的中继终端。
S1006：远端终端采用第一中继模式传输第一应用的数据。
相应的，中继终端采用第一中继模式，为远端终端传输第一应用的数据。
具体可以参考S505，在此不再赘述。
通过上述方法，PCF向远端终端发送与第一应用相关的中继模式选择的第一策略信息，可选的，还可以向中继终端发送中继模式选择的第二策略信息。远端终端根据第一策略信息确定所有可能的第二中继模式。远端终端通过中继终端的发现过程，确定支持第二中继模式中的至少一项中继模式(第三中继模式)的中继终端，从而根据支持第三中继模式，确定第一中继模式，从而，可以避免远端终端先确定出的第一中继模式可能没有支持的中继终端，导致远端终端无法快速接入网络，而需要重新更新第一中继模式后，再次发起发现中继终端的过程。该实施方式中，只需要通过发送一次发现过程，即发送一次第二发现消息，不需要进行多次发现，有效节省了信令的开销，并有效提升了远端终端选择中继模式的灵活性。
在S1002中，远端终端根据第一策略信息确定第二中继模式的方式可以有多种，下面以方式G1和方式G2举例说明。
方式G1，结合情况2-2，远端终端根据第一策略信息确定的第二中继模式可以是上述图6-图9中的第一中继模式。此时，第二中继模式可以为远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式中的一项。例如，在第二中继模式为层3中继模式时，远端终端可以根据中继终端是否为可信的终端，进一步确认采用的第一中继模式为第一层3中继模式还是第二层3中继模式传输第一应用的数据。
方式G2，结合情况1或情况2-1下，远端终端可以根据第一策略信息，确定出多种远端终端的第一应用的中继模式，此时，远端终端可以将多种远端终端的第一应用的中继模式，作为第二中继模式，并通过发现中继终端的过程，确定支持第二中继模式的中继终端，从而，选择出第一中继模式，及支持第一中继模式的中继终端，有利于远端终端发现更优的中继终端，并建立更优的中继通信链路，提高中继通信的性能。
在S1004中，中继终端确定第三中继模式的方式可以有多种，下面以方式F1～方式F3举例说明。
方式F1，中继终端根据第二中继模式的信息及中继终端的能力，确定支持第三中继模式。
具体中继终端根据第二中继模式的信息及中继终端的能力，确定支持第三中继模式可以参考方式D1中确定支持第一中继模式的方式。
方式F2，中继终端根据第二中继模式的信息及第二策略信息，确定支持第三中继模式。
具体中继终端根据第二中继模式的信息及第二策略信息，确定支持第三中继模式的方式，可以参考方式D2中，中继终端根据第一中继模式的信息及第二策略信息确定支持第一中继模式的方式，在此不再赘述。举例来说，PCF可以通过UE配置更新流程向中继终端发送第二策略信息。
方式F3，中继终端根据第二中继模式的信息、第二策略信息及中继终端的能力，确定支持第三中继模式。
具体中继终端根据第二中继模式的信息、第二策略信息及中继终端的能力，确定支持第三中继模式的方式，可以参考方式D2中中继终端根据第一中继模式的信息、中继终端的能力及第二策略信息，确定支持第一中继模式的方式，确定支持第一中继模式的方式，在此不再赘述。
可选的，中继终端通过方式F1～方式F3确定第三中继模式后，还可以向远端终端发送第二响应消息，第二响应消息用于响应第二发现消息，第二响应消息包括第三中继模式的信息，第三中继模式包括第二中继模式中的至少一项，且中继终端支持第三中继模式。
具体中继终端可以向远端终端发送第二响应消息的方式可以参考向远端终端发送第一响应消息(结合方式C1)或第二消息的响应消息(结合方式C2)的方式，在此不再赘述。
可选的，结合方式F1～方式F3和情况2-2，考虑到层3中继模式可以有第一层3中继模式和第二层3中继模式，因此，考虑第一应用的数据的安全性时，还可以根据中继终端是否为可信的终端，确定选择第一层3中继模式还是第二层3中继模式。
一种可能的实现方式中，中继终端向远端终端发送第三中继模式的信息可以携带在第二响应消息中，该第二响应消息用于响应第二发现消息。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，在考虑第一应用的数据的安全性时，远端终端还可以向中继终端请求获得中继终端的可信信息。从而，中继终端基于该请求，可以向远端终端发送中继终端的可信信息，该可信性信息可以用于指示中继终端对于远端终端是否可信。
或者，中继终端确定支持层3中继模式时，中继终端还可以向远端终端发送中继终端的可信信息，该可信性信息可以用于指示中继终端对于远端终端是否可信。
示例性的，该可信信息可以为中继终端的标识(例如，中继终端ID)，也可以是数字证书或密码等信息，使得远端终端在接收到该可信信息后，根据预先约定的方式，确定中继终端是否为可信的终端，从而，确定采用第一层3中继模式还是第二层3中继模式传输第一应用的数据。
举例来说，在中继终端对于远端终端可信时，远端终端可以与中继终端建立第二层3中继模式的中继链路，以保证远端终端通过中继终端传输第一应用的数据的安全性。
在中继终端对于远端终端不可信时，远端终端可以与中继终端建立第一层3中继模式的中继链路，以保证远端终端通过中继终端传输第一应用的数据的安全性。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，远端终端还可以根据自身配置的可信终端的列表，确定该中继终端是否为可信的终端。该可信终端的列表可以是远端终端自己本地生成的或从核心网PCF获取的，本申请不做限定。例如，在确定该中继终端位于该可信终端的列表中，则可以确定中继终端为可信的终端，在确定该中继终端不位于该可信终端的列表中，则可以确定中继终端为不可信的终端。
在S1005中，结合方式F1～方式F3，一种可能的实现方式，在远端终端接收来自中继终端的第二响应消息时，远端终端可以获得第三中继模式。从而，远端终端可以根据第三中继模式，确定第一中继模式。例如，远端终端接收到多个中继终端返回的多个第二响应消息，则远端终端多个中继终端返回的多个第二响应消息，及远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式的优先级，确定优先级最高的中继终端，及优先级最高的中继模式，从而，可以确定出传输第一应用的数据的中继终端和第一中继模式。
例如，在情况2-1下，在确定中继终端1返回的第二响应消息1中包括：支持层2中继模式。中继终端2返回的第二响应消息2中包括：支持第一层3中继模式。中继终端3返回的第二响应消息3中包括：支持第一层3中继模式，支持第二层3中继模式。则此时，远端终端根据远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式的优先级由高到低依次为：层2中继模 式，第一层2中继模式，第二层2中继模式。可以确定选择中继终端1作为传输第一应用的数据的中继终端，且第一中继模式为层2中继模式。
当然，远端终端还可以根据其他条件，确定出传输第一应用的数据的中继终端和第一中继模式，本申请不做限定。
例如，结合情况2-2，在确定选择的中继终端后，还可以根据中继终端是否为可信的终端，确定第一中继模式为第一层3中继模式或第二层3中继模式。
举例来说，在确定中继终端1返回的第二响应消息1中包括：支持层2中继模式。中继终端2返回的第二响应消息2中包括：支持第一层3中继模式。中继终端3返回的第二响应消息3中包括：支持第一层3中继模式，支持第二层3中继模式。
示例性的，远端终端选择中继终端3作为传输第一应用的数据的中继终端，此时，中继终端3的第二响应消息还包括：中继终端3的可信信息。此时，远端终端可以根据中继终端3的可信信息，确定第一中继模式为第一层3中继模式还是第二层3中继模式。或者，在远端终端选择中继终端3作为传输第一应用的数据的中继终端后，还可以根据自身确定的可信的终端的列表，确定中继终端3是否为可信的终端，从而，确定第一中继模式为第一层3中继模式还是第二层3中继模式。
在S1005中，再一种可能的实现方式，还可以先根据多个第二响应消息支持的中继模式，确定第一中继模式，再确定第一中继模式对应的中继终端。
例如，在情况2-1下，接收到的多个第二响应消息都表示支持层2中继模式，则确定第一中继模式为层2中继模式。进一步的，还可以根据其他条件进行进一步的中继终端的选择，例如，选择信道质量最好的中继终端作为传输第一应用的数据的中继终端。
例如，在情况2-2下，且第二响应消息都表示支持层3中继，则远端终端可以确定第一中继模式为层3中继模式。可选的，远端终端还可以根据中继终端返回的可信信息确定第一中继模式为第一层3中继模式还是第二层3中继模式。可选的，远端终端可以优先选择可信的中继终端，并相应选择第二层3中继模式，以简化中继的复杂度并获得更好的业务连续性。在没有可信的中继终端的情况下，远端终端可以选择第一层3中继模式。
例如，第二响应消息表示支持第一层3中继模式和第二层3中继模式。此时，远端终端可以根据第一策略信息中的层3中继模式的优先级或本地配置优先级确定第一中继模式。例如，本地配置优先级是第二层3中继模式优先，则可以确定第一中继模式为第二层3中继模式。
下面以具体的示例举例说明上述实施例的一种具体实现方式，以第一策略信息和第二策略信息中不区分第一层3中继模式和第二层3中继模式(情况2-2)为例。在远端终端选择层3中继模式，且中继终端支持层3中继模式后，远端终端还可以根据中继终端是否可信选择第一层3中继模式还是第二层3中继模式。如图11所示，本申请提供一种通信方法，包括：
S1101：PCF向远端终端发送第一策略信息。
其中，第一策略信息可以用于指示远端终端的第一应用的中继模式，远端终端的第一应用的中继模式可以包括以下至少一项：层2中继模式，或层3中继模式。远端终端的第一应用的中继模式的指示方式可以参考方式A1～A3中的实现方式，在此不再赘述。举例来说，PCF通过UE配置更新流程向远端终端发送第一策略信息。具体可以参见S501和 S502。
S1102：远端终端根据第一策略信息，确定第二中继模式。
其中，第二中继模式可以包括以下至少一项：层2中继模式，或层3中继模式。在具体实施过程中，远端终端根据第一策略信息确定第二中继模式的方式可以参考S1003。
S1103：远端终端向中继终端发送第二发现消息。
其中，中继终端可以通过远端终端发送的第二发现消息，获得第二中继模式的信息。即第二发现消息包括：第二中继模式的信息。第二中继模式包括：层2中继模式，或层3中继模式中的至少一项。具体可以参考S1003。
S1104：中继终端确定是否支持第二中继模式，向远端终端发送第二响应消息。
其中，第二响应消息包括第三中继模式的信息。可选的，第二响应消息还可以包括：中继终端的可信信息。具体可发送可信信息的方式可以参考S1004。
可选的，PCF可以向中继终端提供第二策略信息。
其中，第二策略信息可以包括中继终端的中继模式。中继终端的中继模式以下至少一项：层2中继模式，或层3中继模式。举例来说，PCF可以通过UE配置更新流程向中继终端发送第二策略信息。具体可以参见方式D2中的PCF向中继终端发送第二策略信息的方式。
一种可能的实现方式，中继终端根据第二策略信息中的中继终端的中继模式，确定是否支持第一消息中的第一中继模式。另一种可能的实现方式，中继终端根据第二策略信息确定是否存在该第一中继模式的信息后，还可以根据自身的中继能力，确定是否支持该第一中继模式的信息对应的中继模式。再一种可能的实现方式，中继终端根据第一消息中的第一指示信息及自身的能力，确定是否支持第一中继模式。可选的，中继终端发送第一响应消息。举例来说，在第一消息为发现消息时，第一响应消息为发现响应消息。在第一消息为直接通信请求消息时，第一响应消息为直接通信响应消息。具体实施方式可以参考场景2中的方式C1和S504。
例如，一种可能的实现方式，中继终端根据第二策略信息，确定是否支持层3中继模式或第二层3中继模式。另一种可能的实现方式，中继终端根据第二策略信息及自身的能力，确定是否支持层3中继模式。再一种可能的实现方式，中继终端根据第一消息中的第一指示信息及自身的能力，确定是否支持层3中继模式或层3中继模式。可选的，中继终端发送第一响应消息。举例来说，在第一消息为发现消息时，第一响应消息为发现响应消息。在第一消息为直接通信请求消息时，第一响应消息为直接通信响应消息。具体实施方式可以参考场景1中的方式C1和S504。
例如，一种可能的实现方式，中继终端根据第二策略信息，确定是否支持层2中继模式。另一种可能的实现方式，中继终端根据第二策略信息及自身的能力，确定是否支持层2中继模式。再一种可能的实现方式，中继终端根据第一消息中的第一指示信息及自身的能力，确定是否支持层2中继模式。可选的，中继终端发送第二消息的响应消息。举例来说，在第二消息为发现消息时，第二消息的响应消息为发现响应消息。在第二消息为直接通信请求消息时，第二消息的响应消息为直接通信响应消息。具体实施方式可以参考方式C2和S504。可选的，当中继终端支持中继模式后才响应该第二消息。
S1105：远端终端根据第二响应消息中的第三中继模式，确定第一中继模式。
在远端终端确定中继终端的第三中继模式为层3中继模式时，远端终端还可以根据第 二响应消息中的可信信息，确定第一中继模式为第一层3中继模式，还是第二层3中继模式。具体可以参考S1005。
S1106：远端终端采用第一中继模式传输第一应用的数据。
相应的，中继终端采用第一中继模式，为远端终端传输第一应用的数据。
具体可以参考S505，在此不再赘述。
通过上述方法，可以使得网络控制或建议远端终端对于不同应用所选择的中继模式，可以包括层2中继模式或层3中继模式，进而满足不同应用的需求，使能不同的中继模式的协同工作的同时，减少了第一策略信息和第二策略信息的开销。同时，远端终端根据中继终端是否可信选择层3中继模式还是第二层3中继模式，提高了确定中继模式的灵活性。
下面以具体的示例举例说明上述实施例的一种具体实现方式，远端终端可以向多个中继终端发送发现消息，并在该发现消息中携带第二中继模式的信息，通过向多个中继终端发送第二中继模式的信息，中继终端根据获得的第二中继模式的信息，确定支持的第三中继模式，并向远端终端返回支持的第三中继模式，使得远端终端根据中继终端返回的第三中继模式，确定第一中继模式，有效提高了远端终端选择中继模式的成功率，提高了选择中继模式的灵活性。如图12所示，本申请提供一种通信方法，包括：
S1201：PCF向远端终端发送第一策略信息。
具体实施方式，可以参见S1001，举例来说，PCF通过UE配置更新流程向远端终端发送第一策略信息。
S1202：远端终端根据第一策略信息，确定第二中继模式。
具体实施方式，可以参见S1002中的方式G2，举例来说，PCF可以通过UE配置更新流程向中继终端发送第二策略信息。
S1203：远端终端发送第二发现消息。
其中，远端终端可以通过广播的方式发送第二发现消息，也可以通过单播或组播的方式发送该第二发现消息，本申请不做限定。
示例性的，第二发现消息中包括以下至少一项：层2中继能力和层3中继能力；或者，第二发现消息中包括以下至少一项：层2中继能力、第一层3中继能力和第二层3中继能力。
示例性的，第二发现消息中包括以下至少一项：层3中继模式的RSC，层2中继模式对应的RSC；或者，第二发现消息中包括以下至少一项：第一层3中继模式的RSC，第二层3中继模式的RSC，层2中继模式对应的RSC；
示例性的，第二发现消息中包括以下至少一项：层2中继能力和层3中继模式对应的RSC。或者，第二发现消息中包括以下至少一项：层2中继能力，第一层3中继模式对应的RSC，或第二层3中继模式对应的RSC。
使得远端终端可以同时发现支持第二中继模式的所有可能的中继终端，可以更灵活的选择第一中继模式及第一中继模式对应的中继终端。
S1204：远端终端获得多个中继终端返回的多个第二响应消息。
一种可能的实现方式，中继终端根据第二发现消息中的第二中继模式的信息，向远端终端发送第三中继模式的信息。其中，第三中继模式包括第二中继模式中的至少一项，且中继终端支持第三中继模式。可选的，第二响应消息中还可以包括中继终端的可信信息， 具体可以参考S1004，在此不再赘述。
示例性的，第二响应消息可以包括：用于指示中继终端支持的中继模式对应的第三指示信息。可选的，第二响应消息包括中继终端支持层3中继模式时，还可以包括可信信息。
示例性的，第二响应消息可以包括：中继终端支持的中继模式对应的RSC。可选的，第二响应消息包括中继终端支持层3中继模式时，还可以包括可信信息。
示例性的，第二响应消息可以包括：用于指示中继终端支持的中继模式对应的第三指示信息，和中继终端支持的中继模式对应的RSC。可选的，第二响应消息包括中继终端支持层3中继模式时，还可以包括可信信息。
S1205：远端终端根据多个第二响应消息，确定第一中继模式。
例如，接收到的多个第二响应消息都表示支持层2中继模式，则确定第一中继模式为层2中继模式。进一步的，还可以根据其他条件进行进一步的中继终端的选择，例如，选择信道质量最好的中继终端作为传输第一应用的数据的中继终端。
例如，第二响应消息表示支持第一层3中继模式和第二层3中继模式。此时，远端终端可以根据第一策略信息中的层3中继模式的优先级或本地配置优先级确定第一中继模式。例如，本地配置优先级是第二层3中继模式优先，则可以确定第一中继模式为第二层3中继模式。
例如，在第二响应消息表示支持层2中继和支持层3中继模式时，根据第一策略信息中不同中继模式的优先级或本地配置优先级选择中继模式。例如，本地配置优先级可以是层2中继模式优先。
S1206：远端终端采用第一中继模式传输第一应用的数据。
相应的，中继终端采用第一中继模式，为远端终端传输第一应用的数据。
具体可以参考S505，在此不再赘述。
通过上述方法，PCF向远端终端发送中继模式选择的第一策略信息，可选的，PCF还可以中继终端发送中继模式选择的第二策略信息。远端终端根据第一策略信息可以确定第二中继模式。远端终端通过中继终端的发现过程，携带第二中继模式的信息，可以确定出支持第二中继模式中的至少一种中继模式的中继终端，从而，可以基于支持第二中继模式中的至少一种中继模式的中继终端，再确定第一中继模式，并相应确定中继终端。在满足不同应用的需求的同时，避免远端终端确定优先级高的中继模式后找不到对应的中继终端，再进行发现优先级低的中继模式对应的中继终端，不需要按中继模式的优先级进行多次发现，有效节省了信令的开销，及选择中继模式的灵活性。
上述主要从设备交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是，为了实现上述功能，各个设备可以包括执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，本申请的实施例能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和实现方式约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对设备进行功能单元的划分，例如，可以对应各个功能划分各个功能单元，也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现，也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。
在采用集成的单元的情况下，图13示出了本申请实施例中所涉及的装置的可能的示例性框图。如图13所示，装置1300可以包括：发送模块1301，处理模块1302和接收模块1303。处理模块1302用于对装置1300的动作进行控制管理。接收模块1303用于支持装置1300与其他设备的通信。可选的，接收模块1303和发送模块1301也可以为一个模块(收发模块)，该模块可以用于执行接收和发送操作。可选的，装置1300还可以包括存储模块，用于存储装置1300的程序代码和/或数据。
该装置1300可以为上述实施例中的远端终端，或者还可以为设置在远端终端中的芯片。处理模块1302可以支持装置1300执行上文中各方法示例中中继终端的动作。或者，处理模块1302主要执行方法示例中的中继终端的内部动作，接收模块1303可以支持装置1300与其它设备之间的通信。
具体地，接收模块1303，用于接收来自策略控制功能网元的第一策略信息，第一策略信息包括远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式；
处理模块1302，用于根据第一策略信息，采用第一中继模式传输第一应用的数据。
一种可能的实现方式，处理模块1302，具体用于：根据远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式，确定第一中继模式。
一种可能的实现方式，第一策略信息还包括：远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式的优先级；
处理模块1302，具体用于：根据远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式和远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式的优先级，确定第一中继模式。
一种可能的实现方式，装置还包括：发送模块1301；接收模块1303接收来自策略控制功能网元的第一策略信息之前，发送模块1301，还用于向策略控制功能网元发送远端终端支持的中继模式。
一种可能的实现方式，远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式包括：
层2中继模式，或层3中继模式中的至少一项；或，
层2中继模式，第一层3中继模式，或第二层3中继模式中的至少一项；第一层3中继模式为使用N3IWF的层3中继模式，第二层3中继模式为不使用非3GPP互通功能网元的层3中继模式。
一种可能的实现方式，第一中继模式为：
层2中继模式，或层3中继模式；或，
层2中继模式，第一层3中继模式，或第二层3中继模式。
一种可能的实现方式，发送模块1301，还用于发送第一消息，第一消息包含第一中继模式的信息。
一种可能的实现方式，第一中继模式的信息包括以下至少一项：第一中继模式对应的RSC；或者，用于指示第一中继模式的第一指示信息。
一种可能的实现方式，接收模块1303，还用于接收来自中继终端的第一响应消息，第一响应消息用于响应第一消息，第一响应消息包含第二指示信息，第二指示信息用于指示中继终端支持第一中继模式。
一种可能的实现方式，第一中继模式为层2中继模式，发送模块1301，还用于发送第二消息，第二消息不包括RSC，第二消息为发现消息或直接通信请求DCR消息。
一种可能的实现方式，处理模块1302，具体用于：根据第一策略信息，确定第二中继 模式，第二中继模式为远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式中的一项或多项；根据第二中继模式，确定第一中继模式。
一种可能的实现方式，发送模块1301，还用于发送第二发现消息，第二发现消息包括第二中继模式的信息；
接收模块1303，还用于接收来自中继终端的第二响应消息，第二响应消息用于响应第二发现消息，第二响应消息包括第三中继模式的信息，第三中继模式包括第二中继模式中的至少一项，且中继终端支持第三中继模式。
一种可能的实现方式，第二中继模式的信息包括以下至少一项：
第二中继模式对应的RSC；或者，用于指示第二中继模式的第三指示信息。
一种可能的实现方式，处理模块1302，具体用于：根据第三中继模式的信息，确定第一中继模式。
一种可能的实现方式，第二响应消息还包括：中继终端的可信信息，可信信息用于指示中继终端对于远端终端是否可信；
处理模块1302，具体用于：当第三中继模式为层3中继模式时，根据中继终端的可信信息，确定第一中继模式为第一层3中继模式或第二层3中继模式。
一种可能的实现方式，远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式还可以包括：中继模式与RSC之间的对应关系，及RSC与第一应用之间的对应关系。
在采用集成的单元的情况下，图14示出了本申请实施例中所涉及的装置的可能的示例性框图。如图14所示，装置1400可以包括：获得模块1404，发送模块1401，处理模块1402和接收模块1403。处理模块1402用于对装置1400的动作进行控制管理。接收模块1403用于支持装置1400与其他设备的通信。可选的，接收模块1403和发送模块1401也可以为一个模块(例如，收发模块)，该模块可以用于执行接收和发送操作。可选的，获得模块1404也可以与收发模块集成在一起，也可以是与收发模块单独设置的，用于执行接收和发送的操作。可选的，获得模块1404还可以用于获得处理模块1402的数据。可选的，装置1400还可以包括存储模块，用于存储装置1400的程序代码和/或数据。
该装置1400可以为上述实施例中的中继终端，或者还可以为设置在中继终端中的芯片。处理模块1402可以支持装置1400执行上文中各方法示例中的中继终端的动作。或者，处理模块1402主要执行方法示例中的中继终端的内部动作，接收模块1403可以支持装置1400与其它设备之间的通信。
其中，获得模块1404，用于获得第一中继模式的信息，第一中继模式用于远端终端传输第一应用的数据；
处理模块1402，用于采用第一中继模式，为远端终端传输第一应用的数据。
一种可能的实现方式，第一中继模式为：
层2中继模式，或层3中继模式；或，
层2中继模式，第一层3中继模式，或第二层3中继模式；
第一层3中继模式为使用非3GPP互通功能网元的层3中继模式，第二层3中继模式为不使用非3GPP互通功能网元的层3中继模式。
一种可能的实现方式，获得模块1404，用于通过接收模块1403接收来自远端终端的第一消息，第一消息包含第一中继模式的信息。
一种可能的实现方式，第一中继模式的信息包括：第一中继模式对应的RSC；或者， 用于指示第一中继模式的第一指示信息。
一种可能的实现方式，发送模块1401，用于向远端终端发送第一响应消息，第一响应消息用于响应第一消息，第一响应消息包含第二指示信息，第二指示信息用于指示中继终端支持第一中继模式。
一种可能的实现方式，第一中继模式为层2中继模式，接收模块1403，还用于接收来自远端终端的第二消息，第二消息不包括RSC，第二消息为发现消息或DCR消息。
一种可能的实现方式，接收模块1403，还用于接收来自策略控制功能网元的第二策略信息，第二策略信息包括中继终端的中继模式；中继终端的中继模式包含第一中继模式。
一种可能的实现方式，处理模块1402，用于根据中继终端支持的中继模式，确定中继终端支持第一中继模式。
一种可能的实现方式，在获得模块1404获得第一中继模式的信息之前，接收模块1403，还用于接收来自策略控制功能网元的第二策略信息，接收远端终端的发现消息，第二策略信息包括中继终端的中继模式，发现消息携带第二中继模式的信息；
处理模块1402，用于根据第二策略信息和第二中继模式的信息，通过发送模块1401向远端终端发送第三中继模式的信息，第三中继模式包括第二中继模式中的至少一项，且中继终端支持第三中继模式。
一种可能的实现方式，处理模块1402根据第二策略信息和第二中继模式的信息，通过发送模块1401向远端终端发送第三中继模式的信息之前，处理模块1402还用于：根据第二中继模式的信息、第二策略信息及中继终端的能力，确定支持第三中继模式。
一种可能的实现方式，第二中继模式包括：层2中继模式，或层3中继模式中的至少一项；或，层2中继模式，第一层3中继模式，或第二层3中继模式中的至少一项。
一种可能的实现方式，第二中继模式的信息包括以下至少一项：第二中继模式对应的RSC；或者，用于指示第二中继模式的第三指示信息。
一种可能的实现方式，处理模块1402，还用于：在第二中继模式包含层3中继模式，中继设备支持层3中继模式时，通过发送模块1401向远端终端发送中继终端的可信信息，中继终端的可信信息用于指示中继终端对于远端终端是否可信。
一种可能的实现方式，中继终端的中继模式为中继终端被允许使用的中继模式，或授权中继终端使用的中继模式。
一种可能的实现方式，发送模块1401向中继终端发送第二策略信息之前，还用于向策略控制功能网元发送中继终端支持的中继模式。
一种可能的实现方式，远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式还可以包括：中继模式与RSC之间的对应关系，及RSC与第一应用之间的对应关系。
一种可能的实现方式，中继终端的中继模式还可以包括：中继模式与RSC之间的对应关系。
在采用集成的单元的情况下，图15示出了本申请实施例中所涉及的装置的可能的示例性框图。如图15所示，装置1500可以包括：获得模块1504，发送模块1501，处理模块1502和接收模块1503。处理模块1502用于对装置1500的动作进行控制管理。接收模块1503用于支持装置1500与其他设备的通信。可选的，接收模块1503和发送模块1501也可以为一个模块(例如，收发模块)，该模块可以用于执行接收和发送操作。可选的，获得模块1504也可以与收发模块集成在一起，也可以是与收发模块单独设置的，用于执 行接收和发送的操作。可选的，获得模块1504还可以用于获得处理模块1502的数据。可选的，装置1500还可以包括存储模块，用于存储装置1500的程序代码和/或数据。
该装置1500可以为上述实施例中的核心网设备(例如，策略控制功能网元)，或者还可以为设置在核心网设备(例如，策略控制功能网元)中的芯片。处理模块1502可以支持装置1500执行上文中各方法示例中的策略控制功能网元的动作。或者，处理模块1502主要执行方法示例中的策略控制功能网元的内部动作，接收模块1503可以支持装置1500与其它设备之间的通信。
在一些实施例中，获得模块1504，用于获得第四中继模式，第四中继模式包括以下至少一项：第一应用对应的中继模式，远端终端支持的中继模式，或远端终端授权的中继模式；
处理模块1502，用于根据第四中继模式，通过发送模块1501向远端终端发送第一策略信息，第一策略信息包括远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式，远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式用于远端终端传输第一应用的数据。
一种可能的实现方式，装置还包括接收模块1503，发送模块1501向远端终端发送第一策略信息之前，
获得模块1504，用于通过接收模块1503接收来自远端终端的远端终端支持的中继模式，和/或，
获得模块1504，用于通过接收模块1503接收来自统一数据库UDR网元的远端终端授权的中继模式。
一种可能的实现方式，处理模块1502，具体用于：根据远端终端支持的中继模式和/或远端终端授权的中继模式，确定远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式。
一种可能的实现方式，第一策略信息还包括：远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式的优先级。
一种可能的实现方式，远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式包括：
层2中继模式，或层3中继模式中的至少一项；或，
层2中继模式，第一层3中继模式，或第二层3中继模式中的至少一项；第一层3中继模式为使用N3IWF的层3中继模式，第二层3中继模式为不使用N3IWF的层3中继模式。
一种可能的实现方式，获得模块1504，还用于获得第五中继模式，第五中继模式包括以下至少一项：中继终端支持的中继模式，或中继终端授权的中继模式；
处理模块1502，还用于根据第五中继模式，通过发送模块1501向中继终端发送第二策略信息，第二策略信息包括中继终端的中继模式。
在一些实施例中，获得模块1504，用于获得第五中继模式，第五中继模式包括以下至少一项：中继终端支持的中继模式，或中继终端授权的中继模式；
处理模块1502，用于根据第五中继模式，通过发送模块1501向中继终端发送第二策略信息，第二策略信息包括中继终端的中继模式。
一种可能的实现方式，获得模块1504，用于通过接收模块1503接收来自中继终端的中继终端支持的中继模式，和/或，获得模块1504，用于通过接收模块1503接收来自统一数据库网元的中继终端授权的中继模式；
一种可能的实现方式，处理模块1502，用于：根据中继终端支持的中继模式和/或中 继终端授权的中继模式，确定中继终端的中继模式。
一种可能的实现方式，第二策略信息还包括：中继终端的中继模式的优先级。
一种可能的实现方式，中继终端的中继模式包括：层2中继模式，或层3中继模式中的至少一项；或，层2中继模式，第一层3中继模式，或第二层3中继模式中的至少一项。
一种可能的实现方式，远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式还可以包括：中继模式与RSC之间的对应关系，及RSC与第一应用之间的对应关系。
一种可能的实现方式，中继终端的中继模式还可以包括：中继模式与RSC之间的对应关系。
应理解以上装置中单元的划分仅仅是一种逻辑功能的划分，实际实现时可以全部或部分集成到一个物理实体上，也可以物理上分开。且装置中的单元可以全部以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现；也可以全部以硬件的形式实现；还可以部分单元以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现，部分单元以硬件的形式实现。例如，各个单元可以为单独设立的处理元件，也可以集成在装置的某一个芯片中实现，此外，也可以以程序的形式存储于存储器中，由装置的某一个处理元件调用并执行该单元的功能。此外这些单元全部或部分可以集成在一起，也可以独立实现。这里的处理元件又可以成为处理器，可以是一种具有信号的处理能力的集成电路。在实现过程中，上述方法的各操作或以上各个单元可以通过处理器元件中的硬件的集成逻辑电路实现或者以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现。
在一个例子中，以上任一装置中的单元可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路，例如：一个或多个特定集成电路(application specific integrated circuit，ASIC)，或，一个或多个微处理器(digital singnal processor，DSP)，或，一个或者多个现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array，FPGA)，或这些集成电路形式中至少两种的组合。再如，当装置中的单元可以通过处理元件调度程序的形式实现时，该处理元件可以是处理器，比如通用中央处理器(central processing unit，CPU)，或其它可以调用程序的处理器。再如，这些单元可以集成在一起，以片上系统(system-on-a-chip，SOC)的形式实现。
以上用于接收的单元是一种该装置的接口电路，用于从其它装置接收信号。例如，当该装置以芯片的方式实现时，该接收单元是该芯片用于从其它芯片或装置接收信号的接口电路。以上用于发送的单元是一种该装置的接口电路，用于向其它装置发送信号。例如，当该装置以芯片的方式实现时，该发送单元是该芯片用于向其它芯片或装置发送信号的接口电路。
图16为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图，其可以为以上实施例中的远端终端、中继终端等，用于实现以上实施例中各个设备的操作。如图16所示，该终端设备包括：天线1610、射频部分1620、信号处理部分1630。天线1610与射频部分1620连接。在下行方向上，射频部分1620通过天线1610接收网络设备发送的信息，将网络设备发送的信息发送给信号处理部分1630进行处理。在上行方向上，信号处理部分1630对终端设备的信息进行处理，并发送给射频部分1620，射频部分1620对终端设备的信息进行处理后经过天线1610发送给网络设备。
信号处理部分1630可以包括调制解调子系统，用于实现对数据各通信协议层的处理；还可以包括中央处理子系统，用于实现对终端设备操作系统以及应用层的处理；此外，还可以包括其它子系统，例如多媒体子系统，周边子系统等，其中多媒体子系统用于实现对终端设备相机，屏幕显示等的控制，周边子系统用于实现与其它设备的连接。调制解调子 系统可以为单独设置的芯片。
调制解调子系统可以包括一个或多个处理元件1631，例如，包括一个主控CPU和其它集成电路。此外，该调制解调子系统还可以包括存储元件1632和接口电路1633。存储元件1632用于存储数据和程序，但用于执行以上方法中终端设备所执行的方法的程序可能不存储于该存储元件1632中，而是存储于调制解调子系统之外的存储器中，使用时调制解调子系统加载使用。接口电路1633用于与其它子系统通信。
该调制解调子系统可以通过芯片实现，该芯片包括至少一个处理元件和接口电路，其中处理元件用于执行以上终端设备执行的任一种方法的各个步骤，接口电路用于与其它装置通信。在一种实现中，终端设备实现以上方法中各个步骤的模块可以通过处理元件调度程序的形式实现，例如用于终端设备的装置包括处理元件和存储元件，处理元件调用存储元件存储的程序，以执行以上方法实施例中终端设备执行的方法。存储元件可以为与处理元件处于同一芯片上的存储元件，即片内存储元件。
在另一种实现中，用于执行以上方法中终端设备所执行的方法的程序可以在与处理元件处于不同芯片上的存储元件，即片外存储元件。此时，处理元件从片外存储元件调用或加载程序于片内存储元件上，以调用并执行以上方法实施例中终端设备执行的方法。
在又一种实现中，终端设备实现以上方法中各个步骤的模块可以是被配置成一个或多个处理元件，这些处理元件设置于调制解调子系统上，这里的处理元件可以为集成电路，例如：一个或多个ASIC，或，一个或多个DSP，或，一个或者多个FPGA，或者这些类集成电路的组合。这些集成电路可以集成在一起，构成芯片。
终端设备实现以上方法中各个步骤的模块可以集成在一起，以SOC的形式实现，该SOC芯片，用于实现以上方法。该芯片内可以集成至少一个处理元件和存储元件，由处理元件调用存储元件的存储的程序的形式实现以上终端设备执行的方法；或者，该芯片内可以集成至少一个集成电路，用于实现以上终端设备执行的方法；或者，可以结合以上实现方式，部分模块的功能通过处理元件调用程序的形式实现，部分模块的功能通过集成电路的形式实现。
可见，以上用于终端设备的装置可以包括至少一个处理元件和接口电路，其中至少一个处理元件用于执行以上方法实施例所提供的任一种终端设备执行的方法。处理元件可以以第一种方式：即调用存储元件存储的程序的方式执行终端设备执行的部分或全部步骤；也可以以第二种方式：即通过处理器元件中的硬件的集成逻辑电路结合指令的方式执行终端设备执行的部分或全部步骤；当然，也可以结合第一种方式和第二种方式执行终端设备执行的部分或全部步骤。
这里的处理元件同以上描述，可以通过处理器实现，处理元件的功能可以和图13或图14中所描述的处理模块的功能相同。示例性地，处理元件可以是通用处理器，例如CPU，还可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路，例如：一个或多个ASIC，或，一个或多个微处理器DSP，或，一个或者多个FPGA等，或这些集成电路形式中至少两种的组合。存储元件可以通过存储器实现，存储元件的功能可以和图13或图14中所描述的存储模块的功能相同。存储元件可以通过存储器实现，存储元件的功能可以和图13或图14中所描述的存储模块的功能相同。存储元件可以是一个存储器，也可以是多个存储器的统称。
图16所示的终端设备能够实现上述方法实施例中涉及的远端终端或中继终端的各个 过程。图16所示的终端设备中的各个模块的操作和/或功能，分别为了实现上述方法实施例中远端终端或中继终端的相应流程。具体可参见上述方法实施例中的描述，为避免重复，此处适当省略详述描述。
请参考图17，为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置示意图，用于实现以上实施例中接入网设备或策略控制功能网元的操作。该通信装置包括：处理器1710和接口1730，可选的，该通信装置还包括存储器1720。接口1730用于实现与其他设备进行通信。
以上实施例中，接入网设备或策略控制功能网元执行的方法可以通过处理器1710调用存储器(可以是接入网设备或策略控制功能网元中的存储器1720，也可以是外部存储器)中存储的程序来实现。即，用于接入网设备或策略控制功能网元的装置可以包括处理器1710，该处理器1710通过调用存储器中的程序，以执行以上方法实施例中的接入网设备或策略控制功能网元执行的方法。这里的处理器可以是一种具有信号的处理能力的集成电路，例如CPU。用于接入网设备或策略控制功能网元的装置可以通过配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路来实现。例如：一个或多个ASIC，或，一个或多个微处理器DSP，或，一个或者多个FPGA等，或这些集成电路形式中至少两种的组合。或者，可以结合以上实现方式。
例如，图15中的处理模块1310的功能/实现过程可以通过图17所示的通信装置1700中的处理器1710调用存储器1720中存储的计算机可执行指令来实现，图15中的发送模块1501\接收模块1503和/或获得模块1504的功能/实现过程可以通过图17中所示的通信装置1700中的接口1730来实现。
在上述实施例中，可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。该计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行该计算机程序指令时，全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例该的流程或功能。该计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。该计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中，或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输，例如，该计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。该计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包括一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。该可用介质可以是磁性介质，(例如，软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如，DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(solid state disk，SSD))等。
本申请实施例中所描述的各种说明性的逻辑单元和电路可以通过通用处理器，数字信号处理器，专用集成电路(ASIC)，现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)或其它可编程逻辑装置，离散门或晶体管逻辑，离散硬件部件，或上述任何组合的实现方式来实现或操作所描述的功能。通用处理器可以为微处理器，可选地，该通用处理器也可以为任何传统的处理器、控制器、微控制器或状态机。处理器也可以通过计算装置的组合来实现，例如数字信号处理器和微处理器，多个微处理器，一个或多个微处理器联合一个数字信号处理器核，或任何其它类似的配置来实现。
本申请实施例中所描述的方法或算法的步骤可以直接嵌入硬件、处理器执行的软件单元、或者这两者的结合。软件单元可以存储于随机存取存储器(random access memory， RAM)、闪存、只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、EPROM存储器、EEPROM存储器、寄存器、硬盘、可移动磁盘、CD-ROM或本领域中其它任意形式的存储媒介中。示例性地，存储媒介可以与处理器连接，以使得处理器可以从存储媒介中读取信息，并可以向存储媒介存写信息。可选地，存储媒介还可以集成到处理器中。处理器和存储媒介可以设置于ASIC中。
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上，使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理，从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。
在一个或多个示例性的实现方式中，本申请实施例所描述的上述功能可以在硬件、软件、固件或这三者的任意组合来实现。如果在软件中实现，这些功能可以存储与电脑可读的媒介上，或以一个或多个指令或代码形式传输于电脑可读的媒介上。电脑可读媒介包括电脑存储媒介和便于使得让电脑程序从一个地方转移到其它地方的通信媒介。存储媒介可以是任何通用或特殊电脑可以接入访问的可用媒体。例如，这样的电脑可读媒体可以包括但不限于RAM、ROM、EEPROM、CD-ROM或其它光盘存储、磁盘存储或其它磁性存储装置，或其它任何可以用于承载或存储以指令或数据结构和其它可被通用或特殊电脑、或通用或特殊处理器读取形式的程序代码的媒介。此外，任何连接都可以被适当地定义为电脑可读媒介，例如，如果软件是从一个网站站点、服务器或其它远程资源通过一个同轴电缆、光纤电脑、双绞线、数字用户线(DSL)或以例如红外、无线和微波等无线方式传输的也被包含在所定义的电脑可读媒介中。该的碟片(disk)和磁盘(disc)包括压缩磁盘、镭射盘、光盘、数字通用光盘(digital versatile disc，DVD)、软盘和蓝光光盘，磁盘通常以磁性复制数据，而碟片通常以激光进行光学复制数据。上述的组合也可以包含在电脑可读媒介中。
本领域技术人员应该可以意识到，在上述一个或多个示例中，本申请实施例所描述的功能可以用硬件、软件、固件或它们的任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，可以将这些功能存储在计算机可读介质中或者作为计算机可读介质上的一个或多个指令或代码进行传输。计算机可读介质包括计算机存储介质和通信介质，其中通信介质包括便于从一个地方向另一个地方传送计算机程序的任何介质。存储介质可以是通用或专用计算机能够存取的任何可用介质。
以上所述的具体实施方式，对本申请实施例的目的、技术方案和有益效果进行了进一步详细说明，所应理解的是，以上所述仅为本申请实施例的具体实施方式而已，并不用于限定本申请实施例的保护范围，凡在本申请实施例的技术方案的基础之上，所做的任何修改、等同替换、改进等，均应包括在本申请实施例的保护范围之内。本申请说明书的上述描述可以使得本领域技术任何可以利用或实现本申请实施例的内容，任何基于所公开内容的修改都应该被认为是本领域显而易见的，本申请实施例所描述的基本原则可以应用到其它变形中而不偏离本申请的发明本质和范围。因此，本申请实施例所公开的内容不仅仅局限于所描述的实施例和实现方式，还可以扩展到与本申请原则和所公开的新特征一致的最大范围。
尽管结合具体特征及其实施例对本申请进行了描述，显而易见的，在不脱离本申请实施例的精神和范围的情况下，可对其进行各种修改和组合。相应地，本说明书和附图仅仅 是所附权利要求所界定的本申请的示例性说明，且视为已覆盖本申请范围内的任意和所有修改、变化、组合或等同物。显然，本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的范围。这样，倘若本申请实施例的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内，则本申请实施例也意图包括这些改动和变型在内。

Claims (65)

  1. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，应用于远端终端，包括：
    接收来自策略控制功能网元的第一策略信息，所述第一策略信息包括所述远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式；
    根据所述第一策略信息，采用第一中继模式传输所述第一应用的数据。
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述根据所述第一策略信息，采用第一中继模式传输所述第一应用的数据，包括：
    根据所述远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式，确定所述第一中继模式。
  3. 如权利要求1-2任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一策略信息还包括：所述远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式的优先级；
    所述根据所述第一策略信息，采用第一中继模式传输所述第一应用的数据，包括：
    根据所述远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式和所述远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式的优先级，确定所述第一中继模式。
  4. 如权利要求1-3任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述接收来自策略控制功能网元的第一策略信息之前，还包括：
    向所述策略控制功能网元发送所述远端终端支持的中继模式。
  5. 如权利要求1-4任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式包括：
    层2中继模式，或层3中继模式中的至少一项；或，
    层2中继模式，第一层3中继模式，或第二层3中继模式中的至少一项；所述第一层3中继模式为使用非3GPP互通功能网元的层3中继模式，所述第二层3中继模式为不使用非3GPP互通功能网元的层3中继模式。
  6. 如权利要求1-5任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一中继模式为：
    层2中继模式，或层3中继模式；或，
    层2中继模式，第一层3中继模式，或第二层3中继模式。
  7. 如权利要求1-6任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    发送第一消息，所述第一消息包含所述第一中继模式的信息。
  8. 如权利要求7所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一中继模式的信息包括以下至少一项：
    所述第一中继模式对应的中继服务码RSC；或者，
    用于指示所述第一中继模式的第一指示信息。
  9. 如权利要求7或8所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括:
    接收来自中继终端的第一响应消息，所述第一响应消息用于响应所述第一消息，所述第一响应消息包含第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述中继终端支持所述第一中继模式。
  10. 如权利要求1-6任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一中继模式为层2中继模式，所述方法还包括：
    发送第二消息，所述第二消息不包括RSC，所述第二消息为发现消息或直接通信请求DCR消息。
  11. 如权利要求1-6任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述根据所述第一策略信息，采用第一中继模式传输所述第一应用的数据，包括：
    根据所述第一策略信息，确定第二中继模式，所述第二中继模式为所述远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式中的一项或多项；
    根据所述第二中继模式，确定所述第一中继模式。
  12. 如权利要求11所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    发送第二发现消息，所述第二发现消息包括所述第二中继模式的信息；
    接收来自中继终端的第二响应消息，所述第二响应消息用于响应所述第二发现消息，所述第二响应消息包括第三中继模式的信息，所述第三中继模式包括所述第二中继模式中的至少一项，且所述中继终端支持所述第三中继模式。
  13. 如权利要求12所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二中继模式的信息包括以下至少一项：
    所述第二中继模式对应的RSC；或者，
    用于指示所述第二中继模式的第三指示信息。
  14. 如权利要求12或13所述的方法，其特征在于，所述根据所述第二中继模式，确定所述第一中继模式，包括：
    根据所述第三中继模式的信息，确定所述第一中继模式。
  15. 如权利要求14所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二响应消息还包括：所述中继终端的可信信息，所述可信信息用于指示所述中继终端对于所述远端终端是否可信；
    所述根据所述第三中继模式的信息，确定所述第一中继模式，包括：
    当所述第三中继模式为层3中继模式时，根据所述中继终端的可信信息，确定所述第一中继模式为所述第一层3中继模式或所述第二层3中继模式。
  16. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，应用于中继终端，包括：
    获得第一中继模式的信息，所述第一中继模式用于远端终端传输第一应用的数据；
    采用所述第一中继模式，为所述远端终端传输所述第一应用的数据。
  17. 如权利要求16所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一中继模式为：
    层2中继模式，或层3中继模式；或，
    层2中继模式，第一层3中继模式，或第二层3中继模式；
    所述第一层3中继模式为使用非3GPP互通功能网元的层3中继模式，所述第二层3中继模式为不使用非3GPP互通功能网元的层3中继模式。
  18. 如权利要求16或17所述的方法，其特征在于，所述获得第一中继模式的信息包括：
    接收来自远端终端的第一消息，所述第一消息包含所述第一中继模式的信息。
  19. 如权利要求18所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一中继模式的信息包括：
    所述第一中继模式对应的RSC；或者，
    用于指示所述第一中继模式的第一指示信息。
  20. 如权利要求18或19所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    向所述远端终端发送第一响应消息，所述第一响应消息用于响应所述第一消息，所述第一响应消息包含第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述中继终端支持所述第一中 继模式。
  21. 如权利要求16-17任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一中继模式为层2中继模式，所述方法还包括：
    接收来自远端终端的第二消息，所述第二消息不包括RSC，所述第二消息为发现消息或DCR消息。
  22. 如权利要求17-21任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    接收来自策略控制功能网元的第二策略信息，所述第二策略信息包括所述中继终端的中继模式；所述中继终端的中继模式包含所述第一中继模式。
  23. 如权利要求22所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    根据所述中继终端支持的中继模式，确定所述中继终端支持所述第一中继模式。
  24. 如权利要求16或17所述的方法，其特征在于，在获得第一中继模式的信息之前，所述方法还包括：
    接收来自策略控制功能网元的第二策略信息，所述第二策略信息包括所述中继终端的中继模式；
    接收远端终端的发现消息，所述发现消息携带第二中继模式的信息；
    根据所述第二策略信息和所述第二中继模式的信息，向远端终端发送第三中继模式的信息，所述第三中继模式包括所述第二中继模式中的至少一项，且所述中继终端支持所述第三中继模式。
  25. 如权利要求24所述的方法，其特征在于，所述根据所述第二策略信息和所述第二中继模式的信息，向远端终端发送第三中继模式的信息之前，还包括：
    根据所述第二中继模式的信息、所述第二策略信息及所述中继终端的能力，确定支持所述第三中继模式。
  26. 如权利要求24或25所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二中继模式包括：
    层2中继模式，或层3中继模式中的至少一项；或，
    层2中继模式，第一层3中继模式，或第二层3中继模式中的至少一项。
  27. 如权利要求24-26任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二中继模式的信息包括以下至少一项：
    所述第二中继模式对应的RSC；或者，
    用于指示所述第二中继模式的第三指示信息。
  28. 如权利要求24-27任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    在所述第二中继模式包含所述层3中继模式，所述中继设备支持所述层3中继模式时，向所述远端终端发送所述中继终端的可信信息，所述中继终端的可信信息用于指示所述中继终端对于所述远端终端是否可信。
  29. 如权利要求22-28任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述中继终端的中继模式为所述中继终端被允许使用的中继模式，或授权所述中继终端使用的中继模式。
  30. 如权利要求22-29任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述接收来自策略控制功能网元的第二策略信息之前，还包括：
    向所述策略控制功能网元发送所述中继终端支持的中继模式。
  31. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，应用于远端终端，包括：
    接收模块，用于接收来自策略控制功能网元的第一策略信息，所述第一策略信息包括所述远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式；
    处理模块，用于根据所述第一策略信息，采用第一中继模式传输所述第一应用的数据。
  32. 如权利要求31所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理模块，具体用于：根据所述远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式，确定所述第一中继模式。
  33. 如权利要求31-32任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一策略信息还包括：所述远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式的优先级；
    所述处理模块，具体用于：根据所述远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式和所述远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式的优先级，确定所述第一中继模式。
  34. 如权利要求31-33任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述装置还包括：发送模块；所述接收模块接收来自策略控制功能网元的第一策略信息之前，所述发送模块，还用于向所述策略控制功能网元发送所述远端终端支持的中继模式。
  35. 如权利要求31-34任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式包括：
    层2中继模式，或层3中继模式中的至少一项；或，
    层2中继模式，第一层3中继模式，或第二层3中继模式中的至少一项；所述第一层3中继模式为使用非3GPP互通功能网元的层3中继模式，所述第二层3中继模式为不使用非3GPP互通功能网元的层3中继模式。
  36. 如权利要求31-35任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一中继模式为：
    层2中继模式，或层3中继模式；或，
    层2中继模式，第一层3中继模式，或第二层3中继模式。
  37. 如权利要求31-36任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述发送模块，还用于发送第一消息，所述第一消息包含所述第一中继模式的信息。
  38. 如权利要求37所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一中继模式的信息包括以下至少一项：所述第一中继模式对应的中继服务码RSC；或者，用于指示所述第一中继模式的第一指示信息。
  39. 如权利要求37或38所述的装置，其特征在于，所述接收模块，还用于接收来自中继终端的第一响应消息，所述第一响应消息用于响应所述第一消息，所述第一响应消息包含第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述中继终端支持所述第一中继模式。
  40. 如权利要求31-36任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一中继模式为层2中继模式，所述发送模块，还用于发送第二消息，所述第二消息不包括RSC，所述第二消息为发现消息或直接通信请求DCR消息。
  41. 如权利要求31-36任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理模块，具体用于：根据所述第一策略信息，确定第二中继模式，所述第二中继模式为所述远端终端的第一应用对应的中继模式中的一项或多项；根据所述第二中继模式，确定所述第一中继模式。
  42. 如权利要求41所述的装置，其特征在于，所述发送模块，还用于发送第二发现消息，所述第二发现消息包括所述第二中继模式的信息；
    所述接收模块，还用于接收来自中继终端的第二响应消息，所述第二响应消息用于响应所述第二发现消息，所述第二响应消息包括第三中继模式的信息，所述第三中继模式包括所述第二中继模式中的至少一项，且所述中继终端支持所述第三中继模式。
  43. 如权利要求42所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第二中继模式的信息包括以下至少一项：
    所述第二中继模式对应的RSC；或者，用于指示所述第二中继模式的第三指示信息。
  44. 如权利要求42或43所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理模块，具体用于：根据所述第三中继模式的信息，确定所述第一中继模式。
  45. 如权利要求44所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第二响应消息还包括：所述中继终端的可信信息，所述可信信息用于指示所述中继终端对于所述远端终端是否可信；
    所述处理模块，具体用于：当所述第三中继模式为层3中继模式时，根据所述中继终端的可信信息，确定所述第一中继模式为所述第一层3中继模式或所述第二层3中继模式。
  46. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，应用于中继终端，包括：
    获得模块，用于获得第一中继模式的信息，所述第一中继模式用于远端终端传输第一应用的数据；
    处理模块，用于采用所述第一中继模式，为所述远端终端传输所述第一应用的数据。
  47. 如权利要求46所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一中继模式为：
    层2中继模式，或层3中继模式；或，
    层2中继模式，第一层3中继模式，或第二层3中继模式；
    所述第一层3中继模式为使用非3GPP互通功能网元的层3中继模式，所述第二层3中继模式为不使用非3GPP互通功能网元的层3中继模式。
  48. 如权利要求46或47所述的装置，其特征在于，所述装置还包括：接收模块；所述获得模块，用于通过所述接收模块接收来自远端终端的第一消息，所述第一消息包含所述第一中继模式的信息。
  49. 如权利要求48所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一中继模式的信息包括：所述第一中继模式对应的RSC；或者，用于指示所述第一中继模式的第一指示信息。
  50. 如权利要求48或49所述的装置，其特征在于，所述装置还包括：发送模块；所述发送模块，用于向所述远端终端发送第一响应消息，所述第一响应消息用于响应所述第一消息，所述第一响应消息包含第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述中继终端支持所述第一中继模式。
  51. 如权利要求46-47任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一中继模式为层2中继模式，所述接收模块，还用于接收来自远端终端的第二消息，所述第二消息不包括RSC，所述第二消息为发现消息或DCR消息。
  52. 如权利要求47-51任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述接收模块，还用于接收来自策略控制功能网元的第二策略信息，所述第二策略信息包括所述中继终端的中继模式；所述中继终端的中继模式包含所述第一中继模式。
  53. 如权利要求52所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理模块，用于根据所述中继终端支持的中继模式，确定所述中继终端支持所述第一中继模式。
  54. 如权利要求46或47所述的装置，其特征在于，在所述获得模块获得第一中继模式的信息之前，所述接收模块，还用于接收来自策略控制功能网元的第二策略信息，接收远端终端的发现消息，所述第二策略信息包括所述中继终端的中继模式，所述发现消息携带第二中继模式的信息；
    所述处理模块，用于根据所述第二策略信息和所述第二中继模式的信息，通过所述发 送模块向远端终端发送第三中继模式的信息，所述第三中继模式包括所述第二中继模式中的至少一项，且所述中继终端支持所述第三中继模式。
  55. 如权利要求54所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理模块根据所述第二策略信息和所述第二中继模式的信息，通过所述发送模块向远端终端发送第三中继模式的信息之前，所述处理模块还用于：根据所述第二中继模式的信息、所述第二策略信息及所述中继终端的能力，确定支持所述第三中继模式。
  56. 如权利要求54或55所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第二中继模式包括：
    层2中继模式，或层3中继模式中的至少一项；或，
    层2中继模式，第一层3中继模式，或第二层3中继模式中的至少一项。
  57. 如权利要求54-56任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第二中继模式的信息包括以下至少一项：
    所述第二中继模式对应的RSC；或者，
    用于指示所述第二中继模式的第三指示信息。
  58. 如权利要求54-57任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理模块，还用于：在所述第二中继模式包含所述层3中继模式，所述中继设备支持所述层3中继模式时，通过所述发送模块向所述远端终端发送所述中继终端的可信信息，所述中继终端的可信信息用于指示所述中继终端对于所述远端终端是否可信。
  59. 如权利要求52-58任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述中继终端的中继模式为所述中继终端被允许使用的中继模式，或授权所述中继终端使用的中继模式。
  60. 如权利要求52-59任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述接收模式接收来自所述策略控制功能网元的第二策略信息之前，所述发送模块还用于向所述策略控制功能网元发送所述中继终端支持的中继模式。
  61. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括处理器，所述处理器和存储器耦合，所述存储器中存储有计算机程序；所述处理器用于调用所述存储器中的计算机程序，使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求1至15任一所述的方法。
  62. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括处理器，所述处理器和存储器耦合，所述存储器中存储有计算机程序；所述处理器用于调用所述存储器中的计算机程序，使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求16至30任一所述的方法。
  63. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述存储介质中存储有计算机程序或指令，当所述计算机程序或指令被通信装置执行时，实现如权利要求1至15中任一项所述的方法，或者如权利要求16至30所述的方法。
  64. 一种计算机程序产品，其特征在于，当计算机读取并执行所述计算机程序产品时，使得计算机执行如权利要求1至15中任一项所述的方法，或者如权利要求16至30所述的方法。
  65. 一种通信系统，其特征在于，包括：如权利要求31至45中任一项所述的装置或如权利要求61所述的装置，或者如权利要求46至60所述的装置或如权利要求62所述的装置。
PCT/CN2021/076527 2021-02-10 2021-02-10 一种通信方法、装置及系统 Ceased WO2022170563A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2021/076527 WO2022170563A1 (zh) 2021-02-10 2021-02-10 一种通信方法、装置及系统
CN202280007528.4A CN116530208A (zh) 2021-02-10 2022-01-28 一种通信方法、装置及系统
PCT/CN2022/074817 WO2022171017A1 (zh) 2021-02-10 2022-01-28 一种通信方法、装置及系统
EP22752178.8A EP4271043A4 (en) 2021-02-10 2022-01-28 COMMUNICATION METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM
US18/360,837 US20230371111A1 (en) 2021-02-10 2023-07-28 Communication method, apparatus, and system

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2021/076527 WO2022170563A1 (zh) 2021-02-10 2021-02-10 一种通信方法、装置及系统

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022170563A1 true WO2022170563A1 (zh) 2022-08-18

Family

ID=82837446

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/076527 Ceased WO2022170563A1 (zh) 2021-02-10 2021-02-10 一种通信方法、装置及系统
PCT/CN2022/074817 Ceased WO2022171017A1 (zh) 2021-02-10 2022-01-28 一种通信方法、装置及系统

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/074817 Ceased WO2022171017A1 (zh) 2021-02-10 2022-01-28 一种通信方法、装置及系统

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (1) US20230371111A1 (zh)
EP (1) EP4271043A4 (zh)
CN (1) CN116530208A (zh)
WO (2) WO2022170563A1 (zh)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024060947A1 (en) * 2022-09-23 2024-03-28 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Network controlled ue-to-ue (u2u) relay link maintenance
WO2024074148A1 (zh) * 2022-10-08 2024-04-11 华为技术有限公司 通信方法、装置及系统

Families Citing this family (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2022194340A1 (en) * 2021-03-15 2022-09-22 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Communication device and method for sustaining ultra-reliable communication in wireless communication network
BR112023012545A2 (pt) * 2021-03-31 2023-10-10 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp Ltd Método para configurar um modo de retransmissão aplicado a um equipamento de usuário (ue), método para configurar um modo de retransmissão aplicado a um dispositivo de rede central, equipamento de usuário (ue) e dispositivo de rede principal
WO2022205383A1 (zh) * 2021-04-01 2022-10-06 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 一种中继方式确定方法、电子设备及存储介质
US12356388B2 (en) * 2022-06-03 2025-07-08 Qualcomm Incorporated Network coding with user equipment cooperation
US12355770B2 (en) * 2023-10-03 2025-07-08 strongDM, Inc. Identity and activity based network security policies
CN120454794A (zh) * 2024-02-08 2025-08-08 华为技术有限公司 一种通信方法以及通信装置
WO2025203553A1 (ja) * 2024-03-29 2025-10-02 Ｎｔｔ株式会社 無線通信システム及び無線通信方法
US12242599B1 (en) 2024-09-27 2025-03-04 strongDM, Inc. Fine-grained security policy enforcement for applications
US12348519B1 (en) 2025-02-07 2025-07-01 strongDM, Inc. Evaluating security policies in aggregate
US12432242B1 (en) 2025-03-28 2025-09-30 strongDM, Inc. Anomaly detection in managed networks

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108809897A (zh) * 2017-04-28 2018-11-13 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种中继发现及中继转发方法、设备和存储介质
CN109788507A (zh) * 2017-11-13 2019-05-21 华为技术有限公司 通信方法和装置
CN110098858A (zh) * 2018-01-30 2019-08-06 电信科学技术研究院有限公司 一种中继工作模式配置方法及终端
US20200100325A1 (en) * 2017-05-05 2020-03-26 Kyocera Corporation Relaying of broadcast/multicast delivery from a relay ue to a remote ue

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108432338A (zh) * 2016-02-04 2018-08-21 华为技术有限公司 一种数据传输系统、方法和装置
CN110099423A (zh) * 2018-01-30 2019-08-06 电信科学技术研究院有限公司 一种中继工作模式的选择方法、装置及设备
CN111800841B (zh) * 2019-04-08 2023-07-07 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 中继功能控制方法及相关装置

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108809897A (zh) * 2017-04-28 2018-11-13 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种中继发现及中继转发方法、设备和存储介质
US20200100325A1 (en) * 2017-05-05 2020-03-26 Kyocera Corporation Relaying of broadcast/multicast delivery from a relay ue to a remote ue
CN109788507A (zh) * 2017-11-13 2019-05-21 华为技术有限公司 通信方法和装置
CN110098858A (zh) * 2018-01-30 2019-08-06 电信科学技术研究院有限公司 一种中继工作模式配置方法及终端

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024060947A1 (en) * 2022-09-23 2024-03-28 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Network controlled ue-to-ue (u2u) relay link maintenance
WO2024074148A1 (zh) * 2022-10-08 2024-04-11 华为技术有限公司 通信方法、装置及系统

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP4271043A4 (en) 2024-06-05
WO2022171017A1 (zh) 2022-08-18
CN116530208A (zh) 2023-08-01
EP4271043A1 (en) 2023-11-01
US20230371111A1 (en) 2023-11-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2022170563A1 (zh) 一种通信方法、装置及系统
US12088501B2 (en) Systems and methods for supporting traffic steering through a service function chain
US20220369215A1 (en) Relay selection in cellular sliced networks
CN113630749B (zh) 一种获取边缘服务的方法和装置
WO2021189869A1 (zh) 一种获取信息的方法及装置
WO2018201506A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及相关装置
CN113973399B (zh) 报文转发方法、装置及系统
KR20210024160A (ko) 통신 방법 및 장치
JP2023526542A (ja) 無線通信システムで端末にローカルデータネットワーク情報を提供するための方法及び装置
CN115734173A (zh) 用于设备间通信的方法和装置
EP3849103A1 (en) Relay selection in cellular sliced networks
EP4207828B1 (en) Data communication method and communication apparatus
WO2023197789A1 (zh) 通信方法和通信装置
WO2021204277A1 (zh) 通信方法、装置及系统
CN106888459A (zh) 降低d2d信令开销与频谱资源干扰的信息终端及其通信方法
WO2023137579A1 (zh) 紧急业务的提供方法、装置、设备及存储介质
US20250370521A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
EP4106398B1 (en) Parameter configuration method, apparatus and system, device and storage medium
US20240224147A1 (en) Apparatus and method for inter-plmn handover of home routed session in wireless communication system
WO2025066815A1 (zh) 一种通信方法、装置和系统
CN117528706A (zh) 消息路由方法和装置
WO2022165787A1 (zh) 参数配置方法、装置、设备及存储介质
EP4661590A1 (en) Path switching
CN114885441B (zh) 一种会话管理方法
WO2025026098A1 (zh) 通信方法及装置

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21925226

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21925226

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1